{"title":"All Products","description":"\u003cp\u003eBrowse every live Hoonies Adrenaline product in one place. Use search, category filters and sort options to compare parts, tuning support and vehicle upgrades before opening the product page for fitment details.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"staun-tyre-deflators-6-30-psi-automatic-off-road-tyre-air-down-tool","title":"Staun Tyre Deflators 6-30 PSI - Automatic Off-Road Tyre Air-Down Tool","description":"\u003ch2\u003eStaun Tyre Deflators for Faster Off-Road Air-Down\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStaun Tyre Deflators are an automatic 4-pack tyre air-down tool for 4x4, off-road and beach driving. Set your target pressure, screw the deflators onto standard tyre valve systems, and they release air until the preset pressure is reached. For drivers who regularly move between road pressures and lower off-road pressures, they make the air-down process quicker, more repeatable and less dependent on guesswork.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are not an air compressor. They handle the deflation side of your tyre pressure kit, making them a useful partner to a separate inflation setup when you need to air back up before returning to road speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat These Automatic Tyre Deflators Improve\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eManually airing down each tyre can be slow, especially at the start of a beach run, trail day or touring route. Uneven tyre pressures can also affect how the vehicle feels across soft sand, mud, rocks or loose ground. Staun automatic tyre deflators help simplify that job by allowing all four tyres to deflate at the same time to a preset pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic shut-off at the preset tyre pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable pressure range from 6-30 PSI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-set to 18 PSI out of the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-pack format allows simultaneous deflation of all four tyres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty brass construction for repeated off-road use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with a leather storage case for keeping the deflators together in your vehicle kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere They Fit In Your Air System\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStaun tyre deflators are suited to drivers who want a dedicated air-down tool for off-road tyre pressure control. They are useful for beach access points, green lanes, touring routes, campsite arrivals and recovery preparation where tyre pressure changes are part of the routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLowering tyre pressure for off-road surfaces can help increase the tyre footprint and improve traction. The practical benefit is simple: less time crouched at each valve and more consistency when setting the vehicle up for the terrain ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStaun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic tyre deflators \/ off-road tyre air-down tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 deflators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePressure Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6-30 PSI adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFactory Preset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatically shuts off at a preset pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValve Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrews onto standard tyre valve systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeather storage case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOff-road and beach tyre deflation for 4x4 vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSetup and Use Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore a trip, set the deflators to your preferred target pressure within the 6-30 PSI adjustment range. Fit each deflator to a tyre valve and allow it to vent until it shuts off automatically. A separate tyre pressure gauge is still useful for checking your final pressures before driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a target pressure that suits your vehicle, load, tyre and terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that your vehicle uses standard tyre valve systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse all four deflators together when you want all tyres to air down at the same time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the deflators in the leather case after use to keep them organised.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinflate tyres to suitable road pressures before returning to normal road driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose these Staun tyre deflators if you want a compact, repeatable air-down tool rather than a manual valve-by-valve process. They are best for drivers who already understand their preferred off-road pressures, or who want an easier way to repeat a known setup across multiple trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are building a complete tyre pressure kit, plan for both sides of the job: these deflators for airing down, plus a pressure gauge and a suitable compressor or inflation system for airing back up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do Staun Tyre Deflators work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey screw onto standard tyre valve systems and release air until the preset pressure is reached. They then shut off automatically, helping you repeat the same air-down setting more easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure range can they be set to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable range is 6-30 PSI. They are pre-set to 18 PSI out of the package, so you can use that as a starting point or adjust them to suit your off-road setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I deflate all four tyres at the same time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This product is sold as a 4-pack, allowing one deflator to be used on each tyre so all four can air down simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre these a replacement for an air compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Staun tyre deflators are for reducing tyre pressure. You will still need a suitable inflation method to bring tyres back up to road pressure after off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles are they suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are intended for off-road and beach tyre deflation on vehicles using standard tyre valve systems, including typical 4x4 and off-road applications. Check your valve type and pressure requirements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Staun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51419579449686,"sku":null,"price":65.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/staun_2.webp?v=1762170802"},{"product_id":"arb-summit-mkii-bullbar-bumper-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-2022","title":"ARB Summit MkII Bull Bar for 2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel protection, a tougher look and room for a winch.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA Summit MkII gives the Raptor a purposeful touring front end before you add a single accessory. Shaped steel wings, a matt-black finish and a dedicated mounting system bring protection and a finished appearance together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eARB 3440660 also gives you the provision to build around a winch, driving lights and communications equipment. The bar package includes its integrated lighting and mounts; the optional equipment and installation are separate choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-identifiers\"\u003eSKU: XVFBF3440660 · Manufacturer part number: 3440660\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProtection with a finished factory fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe zinc-coated steel bar uses 60.3 mm outer and centre tubes, 2.6 mm tube walls and 3 mm wings and pans. The pressed top pan, 30 mm wing\/centre radius, underpanels and aluminium winch cover carry the design across the front of the truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntegrated fog, daytime-running, indicator and clearance-light functions are part of the bar. Extra driving lamps are separate, leaving you free to choose the beam for your journeys. Two CB aerial brackets give the radio installation a proper place too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNext-generation Ford Ranger Raptor; 2022-on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with zinc-coated surface and powdercoat finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOuter and centre tubes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60.3 mm diameter; 2.6 mm wall thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWings and pans\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWing\/centre radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBumper-cut; pressed top pan and aluminium winch cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAerial mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo CB aerial brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOther features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo jack points and underpanels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatt-black powdercoat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBar, mounts and fitting kit weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOriginal equipment removed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate net added weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 kg before optional accessories; calculated as 79 kg minus 17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdded vehicle length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eJacking points\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo ARB Jack \/ Hi-Lift Jack points; not recovery attachments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch installation kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3540240; separate accessory, identified in ARB fitting instructions 37801240\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan your winch into the first installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf a winch is on your list, fit it with the bar. ARB recommends that approach on this Raptor application; adding one later can repeat labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bar accepts compatible low-mount Warn, Magnum, Bushranger and Smittybilt winches up to 10,000 lb. Match the exact model as well as its rating. The optional winch installation kit is 3540240. The winch and its required installation kit are separate from the bar price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get and what to add\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe £2,650 price covers the bar, chassis mounts and fitting kit, underpanels, aluminium winch cover, integrated lighting and two aerial brackets. The two ARB Jack \/ Hi-Lift Jack points are built into the bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eExtra driving lamps, a winch, aerials, radio equipment, accessory wiring and installation are separate. The jack points are for jacking; use appropriate recovery attachments for recovery pulls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the camera and sensors working with the new front end\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a bumper-cut installation. The ARB guide transfers the camera and washer nozzle to dedicated brackets and relocates the front parking sensors. That is practical integration work for the installer alongside cutting, finishing, wiring and bar alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting should include functional checks and any calibration required for the vehicle. The bar is airbag compatible and ADR compliant for the specified ARB application; the finished installation still needs to meet the requirements where the truck is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAllow for the size and weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bar, mounts and fitting kit weigh 79 kg and replace 17 kg of original equipment: approximately 62 kg net added weight before a winch or other accessories. That is a component-weight calculation, not a measured front-axle increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bar adds 165 mm to vehicle length. Allow for garage and parking clearance, and include the full front-end equipment in the vehicle and axle-load plan. The bar does not raise the truck’s permitted load limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuying your Summit MkII through us\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UK price includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping. Installation and optional accessories are separate. We can provide the availability and delivery estimate for your address before the fitting is booked; non-UK orders need a separate quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse manufacturer part number 3440660 or our SKU XVFBF3440660 when discussing the order. We can help match the winch and lighting accessories to the bar before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the standard Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. ARB 3440660 is the Summit MkII for the 2022-on next-generation Ranger Raptor. Standard Rangers and earlier Raptors need their own specified bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the winch included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a compatible winch and the required installation kit separately. The current ARB fitting guide names 3540240 for winch installation; we would plan it into the bar’s first fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre driving lights and aerials included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bar’s integrated lighting and two aerial brackets are included. Additional driving lamps, aerials, radio equipment and their wiring are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the bumper need cutting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a bumper-cut installation, with camera and sensor relocation as set out in the ARB guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I recover the truck from the jack points?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are ARB Jack \/ Hi-Lift Jack points. Recovery pulls require suitable recovery attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much larger and heavier will the truck be?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bar adds 165 mm of length and approximately 62 kg net before accessories. Include the winch, lamps and other equipment when assessing the completed vehicle’s loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does ARB’s compliance statement cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eARB states airbag and ADR compliance for its specified application. It does not establish blanket approval for every UK vehicle or accessory installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51419579744598,"sku":"XVFBF3440660","price":2650.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PXL_20250328_102359118-EDIT_2.jpg?v=1759077555"},{"product_id":"ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-v6-ecu-remap-2022-2026-performance-tune-proven-bhp-torque-gains-uk-tuning","title":"Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 Custom ECU Remap – Remote or Dyno","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake more of the Raptor you love driving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe best reason to tune a Raptor is the drive you want from it: the way it responds, delivers its torque and suits your everyday use. We work with Lukos Engineering on a custom engine calibration for your 2022+ Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Remote if you want the reading, flashing and revisions handled from your location, or Dyno for the workshop route at St Neots. Start with the fuel and modifications actually on the truck so the work is built around your Raptor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose how you want the work carried out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePackage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eWhat the route offers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRemote\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice to keep, licence, delivery, instructions and up to four tune revisions within 30 days. Log reviews at 3, 6 and 12 months.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDyno\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBring the truck to St Neots for direct access by the engineers and dyno measurement during calibration.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemote suits you if you are comfortable following the supplied device process and providing the requested vehicle feedback or data. We would choose Dyno if you want the engineers working with the truck at the facility. For £200 more, Dyno brings the Raptor and engineers together at St Neots, with dyno measurement during calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eService provider\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline in partnership with Lukos Engineering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eService\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom engine ECU calibration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022–2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePackage options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote or Dyno\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDyno location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSt Neots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRemote equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice for ECU reading and flashing, kept by the customer; licence and delivery included.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRemote revisions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to four tune revisions within the first 30 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOriginal ECU file\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaved; can be reloaded through the Remote process with guidance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle preparation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard or modified vehicles, subject to condition and software support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLog reviews\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded at 3, 6 and 12 months.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCustom to the truck you actually drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLukos Engineering develops the calibration around your original ECU file, hardware, fuel, vehicle condition and relevant feedback or data. Your priorities belong in that work: everyday response, loaded touring or the next step in a performance build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur advertised potential is up to 450 BHP and 700 Nm on suitable vehicles. The result depends on fuel, hardware, condition, temperature and measurement method. We discuss the target for your Raptor with Lukos Engineering instead of treating that headline as a promise for every truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow Remote tuning works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe establish software support and the vehicle’s current setup, then send the device for the ECU read and flash process. Your original file is saved before the custom calibration is prepared.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied instructions to read and load the file and provide the requested feedback or logs. Data collection follows the tuner’s instructions in a suitable safe and lawful setting. You keep the supplied device, and the displayed price includes its licence and delivery. The Remote package includes up to four tune revisions within the first 30 days to refine the calibration from your feedback and logs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe saved original file can be reloaded through the Remote process with guidance. Returning to it does not erase tuning history or guarantee vehicle warranty cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStart with a healthy Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe tune standard and modified vehicles, subject to condition and software support. A misfire, warning light or other running fault needs attention before calibration. Servicing, ignition, filtration and cooling should be ready for the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGive us the full modification list, including exact turbo, pump and injector references where fitted. Diagnosis, repairs, extra hardware and transmission tuning are separate from this engine ECU service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLiving with your calibration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the fuel specified for the completed tune. If a trip will make that grade or blend difficult to find, discuss the alternative with the tuner before changing fuel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe also review your logs at 3, 6 and 12 months to check how the Raptor is running. Later turbo, injector, pump or other relevant hardware changes may require additional calibration outside the original package. Vehicle software updates can also require further work. Discuss the modification with your insurer and warranty provider before starting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eArrange your tune with us\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSend us your model year, usual fuel, modifications, any running concerns and whether you prefer Remote or Dyno. We can then discuss your priorities with Lukos Engineering and arrange delivery or a St Neots appointment around vehicle readiness and availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a vehicle outside the UK, we establish the exact application and support arrangements before booking. We arrange the supported Remote route or a suitable St Neots appointment before the work starts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a custom tune or a generic file?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a custom ECU calibration developed by Lukos Engineering using your vehicle’s file, setup, fuel and relevant feedback or data.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWould you choose Remote or Dyno?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemote saves the trip to St Neots: you use the supplied device and instructions for reading, flashing and revisions from your location. Dyno puts the truck directly with the engineers and adds dyno measurement during calibration for £200 more. Choose around the travel and involvement that suit you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I keep the tuning device?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You keep the supplied device. Its licence and delivery are included in the displayed Remote price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat support is included after the tune?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to four tune revisions within the first 30 days. We also include log reviews at 3, 6 and 12 months to check how everything is working. Later hardware or fuel changes may need separately priced calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need hardware upgrades first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe tune standard and modified Raptors. The vehicle’s condition, fuel, software support and your priorities determine whether its existing hardware suits the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it go back to its original file?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The original ECU file is saved and can be reloaded through the Remote process with guidance. That does not erase tuning history or guarantee warranty cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan you tune it while it has a misfire?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe misfire needs diagnosis and repair first. Tell us about warning lights or running concerns before booking; that work is separate from calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it make 450 BHP and 700 Nm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThose are advertised up-to figures for suitable vehicles. We discuss an expectation for your fuel, hardware and condition with Lukos Engineering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs transmission tuning included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This package is for engine ECU calibration. Transmission tuning is a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long will it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe provide the Remote timescale or available Dyno appointments before booking. Vehicle readiness and any revisions affect the overall timing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lukos Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Remote","offer_id":51420364898646,"sku":null,"price":1300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dyno","offer_id":51420364931414,"sku":null,"price":1500.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Ranger_Raptor_2022_2.png?v=1779008191"},{"product_id":"ford-transit-custom-msrt-2-0l-diesel-150ps-ecu-tuning-2024-2025","title":"Ford Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue 150PS Diesel ECU Remap 2024-2025 - Custom Tuning","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFord Transit Custom MS-RT 150PS Diesel ECU Remap\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis custom ECU remap is for the 2024-2025 Ford Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue Diesel 150PS owner who wants a stronger, more responsive van for work, towing, loaded driving and daily use. Delivered through Hoonies Adrenaline with Lukos Engineering as the tuning partner, it is a custom calibration service rather than a boxed hardware part or generic flash file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard 150PS diesel application starts from 150 HP and 361 Nm. The tuned package is shown at up to 190 HP and 458 Nm, giving a clear view of the scale of improvement available. Your van is still calibrated as an individual vehicle, with results shaped by vehicle condition, fuel, temperatures, hardware, logs and the route used for calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat This ECU Remap Improves\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA working Transit Custom often spends its life carrying tools, equipment, stock or passengers. In those conditions, the factory calibration can feel restrained when pulling away, climbing hills, joining fast roads or towing. This Ford Transit Custom MS-RT remap is designed to improve usable torque delivery and throttle response so the van feels more capable in the driving situations that matter most.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aim is not only a headline peak power number. A well-developed diesel ECU remap helps the 2.0 EcoBlue engine deliver stronger mid-range pull, smoother acceleration and more confident response when the van is loaded or being used commercially.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom ECU tuning for the 2024-2025 Ford Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue Diesel 150PS.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory figure of 150 HP and 361 Nm, with the tuned package shown at up to 190 HP and 458 Nm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeveloped using dyno tuning and live data logging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt around vehicle condition, logs, driver feedback, hardware and temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for loaded driveability, towing support, motorway use and daily commercial journeys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory DPF, EGR and AdBlue\/SCR systems are retained.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOBD-based programming is used, so ECU removal is not required for this application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho This Ford Transit Custom Tuning Is For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Lukos Engineering Ford tuning service is suited to Transit Custom MS-RT drivers who want the van to feel less strained under real workload conditions. It is a strong option for owners who use the vehicle as a business tool and want the calibration tailored to the way the van is actually driven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrades and commercial users carrying tools, stock or equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrivers who regularly tow trailers or run with heavier loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFleet or business users wanting smoother, more flexible response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily drivers who want stronger overtaking and hill-climb performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who prefer a custom Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering tuning process over a generic file.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your Transit is a different output, a non-MS-RT model, a different engine or outside the 2024-2025 model-year range, check suitability before ordering so the correct tuning route can be matched to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCustom Tuning Approach with Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering treat this as a custom ECU calibration service. The map is built around the individual van rather than relying on a one-size-fits-all tune. That matters on a modern diesel work vehicle because the best calibration depends on how the van behaves under load, not just what the engine can produce on paper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe process takes into account vehicle condition, live data logs, driver feedback, fuel, temperatures, hardware condition, misfires, operating behaviour and transmission response if it influences how the van drives. This allows the calibration to focus on usable performance, clean response and sensible limits for the engine and supporting systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a Transit Custom MS-RT used for business or towing, that data-led approach helps target the part of the rev range that is used most often. The result is a remap aimed at practical driveability rather than chasing an unrealistic peak number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDyno Tuning and Live Data Logging\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDyno tuning provides a controlled environment for measuring how the van responds during calibration. It helps the tuner review output, torque delivery and the shape of the power curve while changes are made.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLive data logging adds another layer of information by showing how the vehicle behaves while running. On a diesel Transit Custom, this is valuable because the important gains are often felt during mid-range acceleration, towing, hill work and loaded motorway driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering use these data points to refine the calibration around the vehicle in front of them. The tuned figures of up to 190 HP and 458 Nm show the potential of the package, but the final calibration is matched to the van's condition, fuel, temperatures, hardware and logs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Notes for the Transit Custom MS-RT\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis ECU remap is intended for the Ford Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue Diesel 150PS from 2024-2025. Keep the fitment narrow when choosing a tuning service, as different Transit engines, outputs, model years and ECU setups may require a different calibration path.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ECU type associated with this application is MD1CS027 and the programming method is OBD-based. Programming through the diagnostic port means ECU removal is not required for this application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe factory DPF, EGR and AdBlue\/SCR systems are retained as part of this tuning approach. Any warning lights, emissions-system faults, misfires or driveability issues should be investigated before tuning so the remap is not being used to hide an underlying mechanical problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuning Partner\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLukos Engineering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eECU tuning \/ performance remap service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eService Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom tuning service, not a boxed physical part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue Diesel 150PS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel Years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2024-2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eECU Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMD1CS027\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgramming Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOBD-based programming through the diagnostic port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFactory Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 HP \/ 361 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuned Package\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 190 HP \/ 458 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuning Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDyno tuning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDevelopment Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLive data logging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFactory Emissions Systems\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF, EGR and AdBlue\/SCR retained\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Booking Your ECU Remap\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA custom remap works best when the van is mechanically healthy. Before calibration, it is sensible to deal with any fault codes, warning lights, boost issues, misfires, DPF concerns, EGR issues, AdBlue\/SCR faults or servicing problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBe clear about how the van is used. A Transit Custom carrying daily work weight may need a different feel from a lightly loaded daily driver. Towing, payload, motorway use, urban stop-start work and fleet use all influence what the driver needs from the calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFuel quality, ambient temperature, hardware condition and logged behaviour can all affect the outcome. Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering use that information to tune the individual van rather than applying the same file to every Transit Custom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWarranty, Insurance and Road Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any ECU tune, remap or vehicle modification, warranty decisions can be affected and remain with the dealer, manufacturer or warranty provider. If warranty cover is important to you, check your position before tuning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInsurance and legal obligations also remain the owner's responsibility. Retaining the factory DPF, EGR and AdBlue\/SCR systems is useful, but the vehicle still needs to be healthy, correctly maintained and suitable for its intended road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this remap for every Ford Transit Custom diesel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is aimed at the 2024-2025 Ford Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue Diesel 150PS. Other Transit Custom outputs, engines, years and non-MS-RT applications should be checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the 190 HP and 458 Nm figures guaranteed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo fixed power figure is guaranteed. The tuned package is shown at up to 190 HP and 458 Nm, but your van is calibrated individually and the result depends on condition, fuel, temperatures, hardware and logs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from a generic remap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering use a custom tuning approach. Dyno tuning, live data logging, vehicle condition and driver feedback are used to shape the calibration around the van rather than applying a generic flash file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does dyno tuning matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDyno tuning allows the van's response to be measured in a controlled environment. It helps show how power and torque are delivered, which is important when tuning for loaded driveability and mid-range pull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the ECU need to be removed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo ECU removal is required for this application. The MD1CS027 ECU is programmed using an OBD-based method through the diagnostic port.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan ECU tuning affect warranty or insurance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Any ECU remap or vehicle modification can affect warranty and insurance decisions. Check with your dealer, warranty provider and insurer before proceeding if those areas are important to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lukos Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51420380430678,"sku":null,"price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Transit_MS-RT_2024.png?v=1779009326"},{"product_id":"arb-dual-compressor-kit-ford-ranger-raptor-2022","title":"ARB Twin Compressor Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor — Rear Tub Mount","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAir down for the track. Have the air on board for the drive home.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAiring back up should be a natural part of finishing the trail. This ARB twin-compressor installation keeps the air source on the Raptor, with a vehicle-specific mount in the right rear of the tub instead of a portable compressor taking up cargo space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a useful upgrade for a truck that regularly moves between road and off-road pressures: the equipment travels with the vehicle, ready to connect when the tyres need reinflating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-identifiers\"\u003eSKU: XAA3540360T\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose permanently mounted air?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe value is convenience as well as output. You avoid unpacking a separate compressor and finding a temporary position for it each time, while retaining more of the tub for camping gear and the rest of the trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eARB’s brushed twin-compressor system is rated for 100% duty at 90 psi under its specified conditions. Airflow is 174.4 L\/min at zero pressure and 131.8 L\/min at 200 kPa. Airflow falls as pressure rises; 200 kPa is a test point, not the maximum operating pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V brushed twin on-board compressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight rear of tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirflow at 0 kPa\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 174.4 L\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirflow at 200 kPa\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 131.8 L\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDuty cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% at 90 psi under ARB conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermal protection and filtered intake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied installation equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaptor rear tub mount, wiring and switchgear, braided airline, remote outlet, control panel, mounting pieces, fixings and cable ties, as pictured.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the Raptor kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eARB twin compressor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaptor-specific rear tub mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWiring looms and switchgear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBraided compressor airline and remote air outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl panel and its mounting pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation fixings and cable ties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll the equipment in our kit photograph is included. The bracket keeps the compressor at the right rear of the tub, with a remote outlet for connecting your tyre-inflation equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck that the outlet and controls will remain accessible alongside your drawers, lining or canopy. That easy access is what makes permanently mounted air useful every time you leave the trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat to plan before fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA permanent 12 V installation needs appropriate wiring, circuit protection and secure air-line routing. The right-rear tub position must work with any drawers, lining, canopy or other equipment already fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would plan a reachable outlet and room to service the compressor filters, rather than burying the installation behind storage. Your installer should test the complete air circuit and confirm the pressure-control operation before handover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUsing it on trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet road and off-road pressures for your tyre, vehicle load and terrain, then reinflate appropriately before road travel. Larger tyres and a bigger pressure change take longer to inflate, so allow time for all four before setting off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the air filter and connections as part of upkeep. Suitable air tools may need additional storage capacity and matching air demand; a twin compressor does not make every pneumatic tool a plug-in accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it take up the main load-bed floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vehicle-specific installation mounts at the right rear of the tub. Check access alongside drawers, lining and other fitted equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe twin compressor, Raptor rear tub mount, wiring and switchgear, braided airline, remote outlet, control panel, mounting pieces and fixings shown in our kit photograph are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with my factory diff locks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour factory locks remain their own system. The compressor does not turn them into ARB Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I run air tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable air tools can run from a system with the required pressure, airflow and additional tank capacity. Match the air system to the tool’s demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat affects how quickly I can air back up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTyre size and the pressure change determine the time. The twin compressor delivers 131.8 L\/min at 200 kPa and is permanently mounted, ready for airing back up without unpacking a portable unit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51420499738966,"sku":"XAA3540360T","price":800.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/lead_image.webp?v=1758919945"},{"product_id":"fenix-radiators-intercooler-pipe-kit-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-petrol-2023","title":"Fenix Intercooler \u0026 Pipe Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade the intercooler and pipes in one go.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHard use puts both the intercooler and its pipework to work. This Fenix package replaces both with an aluminium cooling assembly and matching pipework, finished in black for a tidy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeveloped with CTB Performance for the 2022+ Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol, it brings the cooler, pipes and connections into one purchase. It is a particularly useful option when you want to replace the whole factory intercooler arrangement in the same workshop visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA complete cooling-and-pipe upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 440 × 185 × 115 mm bar-and-plate core has dual 50 mm inlets and a 63 mm outlet. CNC-machined connections accommodate the original blow-off valve, air-temperature sensor and recirculation pipe, keeping those factory components part of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe intercooler adds 37.5% more capacity, with intake-air temperatures up to 20°C lower in Fenix testing. That extra cooling capacity is useful when the engine is working hard repeatedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCore size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 × 185 × 115 mm; excludes tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium bar-and-plate intercooler and aluminium pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConnections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual 50 mm inlet; 63 mm outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack cooler and pipework\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity and tested temperature change\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.5% greater intercooler capacity; up to 20°C lower IAT in Fenix testing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFactory parts retained\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlow-off valve, air-temperature sensor and recirculation connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation change\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory intercooler shroud removed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the intercooler around your build\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"range-comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eIntercooler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePipework\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eInstallation difference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eWhy choose it\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTurbosmart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£851.94\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal \/ factory-style pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory shutter and shroud retained\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose it to keep the factory shutter arrangement and avoid cutting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFenix cooler + pipes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,250.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium pipe kit included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory intercooler shroud removed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the complete cooler-and-pipe upgrade in one purchase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProcess West Stage 1\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,276.44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory pipes compatible; hard pipes separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShutter removal, motor relocation, drilling and trimming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the factory-position Process West upgrade, with room to add its hard pipes later.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,770.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory pipes compatible; Stage 2 hard pipes separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrimming, plastic drilling and shutter-motor relocation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the larger Process West core layout and allow for the more involved fitting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese prices cover the parts shown; fitting is separate. The table compares what you buy and what changes on the truck. The individual pages give the core dimensions and any product-specific test results.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFenix Pro Series intercooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching aluminium intercooler pipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack silicone joiners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstant-tension hose clamps, fittings and installation hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe black cooler and pipework are the configuration described here. The original valve and sensors are reused; an upgraded blow-off valve and fitting labour are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan the fitting once\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit uses the original sensor and mounting connections, but the factory intercooler shroud must be removed. Have the installer check the front-end layout alongside any bull bar, skid plates or additional transmission cooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would combine the cooler and pipe fitting in the same job. The supplied parts are designed to work together, avoiding a second strip-down simply to replace the intercooler pipes later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFor the next drive and the next service\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the core face free of packed mud and inspect the hose joints, brackets and sensor connections during servicing. Aluminium pipework still depends on correctly installed joiners and clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a charge-air cooler. It does not cool the gearbox oil or replace the engine radiator. If transmission temperature is the concern, the Fenix transmission cooler tackles that separate circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fenixcooling.co.nz\/pages\/intk5002\"\u003eFenix installation guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 1 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/turbosmart-performance-intercooler-for-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-2023\"\u003eTurbosmart Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/fenix-radiators-transmission-cooler-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025\"\u003eFenix Transmission Cooler Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include the pipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This package includes the intercooler, aluminium pipes, silicone joiners, clamps and fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a new blow-off valve included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo upgraded valve is included in this configuration. The kit has the connection for your original valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I keep the factory shroud?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Fenix requires removal of the factory intercooler shroud for this installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it also cool the transmission?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The transmission uses a separate fluid circuit and requires its own cooler.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fenix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51420620587350,"sku":null,"price":1250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_1.webp?v=1758921633"},{"product_id":"fenix-radiators-transmission-cooler-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025","title":"Fenix Transmission Cooler Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore transmission cooling for long, loaded drives.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTowing, low-speed off-road work and performance driving can keep an automatic transmission working hard for long stretches. This Fenix kit gives the Ranger Raptor a dedicated 19-row oil cooler, with the lines and brackets to fit it as a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeveloped with CTB Performance, it bypasses the original transmission oil cooler without requiring that unit to be removed. The black finish and purpose-made mounting keep the extra hardware neatly integrated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for the gearbox’s own fluid\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 19-row drawn-cup core measures 220 × 140 × 50 mm, with an overall cooler body of 328 × 140 × 50 mm. Braided-sheath -8AN hose and CNC hose ends connect it through the supplied bypass bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransmission temperatures were up to 15% lower in Fenix dyno testing. We recommend choosing the cooler around the loads and conditions your Raptor regularly handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19-row drawn-cup oil cooler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCore dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 × 140 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e328 × 140 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConnections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-8AN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOriginal cooler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetained physically; bypassed by supplied bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtra fluid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 litre of manufacturer-specified ATF required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer test result\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 15% lower transmission temperature; conditions affect results\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOILK5002\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e19-row transmission cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e-8AN lines and fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM oil-cooler bypass bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet aluminium cooler mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow for one litre of additional manufacturer-specified transmission fluid and professional installation. The intercooler and any upgraded engine radiator are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the installation changes the circuit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe original oil cooler stays physically in place and is bypassed using the CNC bracket. The new cooler therefore takes over that cooling route through the supplied bypass connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fitter needs to route and secure the new hoses, check the bypass connections, add the correct fluid and verify the final level. Plan clearances alongside an aftermarket intercooler, front protection or other cooling accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after the upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the cooler face clear, inspect the hoses for rubbing and check the fittings during servicing. If gearbox temperatures or shifts have changed unexpectedly, have the cause diagnosed as well; a cooler is not a cure for every transmission problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fenixcooling.co.nz\/pages\/instructions\"\u003eFenix installation resources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/fenix-radiators-intercooler-pipe-kit-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-petrol-2023\"\u003eFenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-transmission-cooler\"\u003eProcess West Transmission Cooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I remove the original transmission cooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It remains in place, but the supplied bracket bypasses it in the oil circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs extra fluid needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You need one litre of additional ATF to the correct vehicle specification, with the final level checked during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the hoses and mounting bracket included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes -8AN lines and fittings, the cooler mounting bracket, the bypass bracket and fitting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this raise the towing limit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Raptor’s towing, payload and axle limits remain those of the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fenix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51434838032726,"sku":null,"price":850.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_2.webp?v=1759069988"},{"product_id":"ngk-ruthenium-ltr6bhx-90495-spark-plugs-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025","title":"NGK Ruthenium LTR6BHX (90495) Spark Plugs - Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L 2022-2025 Ignition Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eNGK LTR6BHX Spark Plugs for Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNGK Ruthenium LTR6BHX (90495) spark plugs are for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol owners looking to refresh the ignition system with a recognised NGK Ruthenium HX plug. For a turbocharged petrol 4x4 that may be used for road driving, towing, fast road use or off-road trips, consistent ignition is a small detail that can make a big difference to how cleanly the engine runs under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpark plugs do not add power on their own. Their job is to provide the spark needed for controlled combustion. When plugs are worn, incorrectly matched or not suited to the engine's operating demands, the result can be rough running, hesitation or misfire symptoms, especially when the engine is hot or working hard. Choosing the correct NGK part number helps keep ignition service straightforward and gives the fitter a clear reference point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat These NGK Ruthenium Spark Plugs Do\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LTR6BHX is an NGK Ruthenium HX resistor spark plug identified by stock number 90495. It is used as an ignition service component for petrol engines, helping deliver the spark required to ignite the air-fuel mixture in each cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor Ranger Raptor owners, the key benefit is not a vague performance claim; it is maintenance confidence. A fresh, correctly specified spark plug helps the engine management system do its job cleanly, supports consistent combustion, and is a sensible service choice when the vehicle is used hard or maintained as part of a performance-focused build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNGK Ruthenium HX spark plug technology for petrol ignition applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLTR6BHX and 90495 identifiers make part matching easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistor type spark plug, supporting modern ignition system requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful when servicing ignition components before further diagnosis or tuning work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant for owners who want a known NGK spark plug rather than a generic alternative.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 Fitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product is positioned for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol, 2022-2025. Keep that application narrow when ordering. The Next-Gen Ranger Raptor is a specific petrol V6 platform, so part matching should be based on engine, year and the NGK part reference rather than a broad Ford Ranger search.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are servicing the full V6 ignition system, make sure the quantity in your basket matches the number of plugs you intend to replace. Pack formats can vary between sellers and options, so it is worth checking before booking workshop time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Ignition Service Upgrade Makes Sense\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese NGK spark plugs are a practical choice for owners who are refreshing ignition components as part of routine maintenance or preparing the vehicle for more demanding use. They suit the buyer who wants to reduce uncertainty around plug choice, especially when the vehicle is driven under load, used for touring, or maintained alongside other performance parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoutine spark plug replacement on the stated Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreventative maintenance before diagnosing rough running or ignition-related symptoms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparation for hard road driving, towing or off-road trips where clean engine response matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting a modified or tuned vehicle with ignition components that should be checked as part of the wider setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor modified vehicles, spark plug condition and gap should be considered alongside the calibration, fuel quality and hardware fitted to the vehicle. If you are unsure whether this is the right plug for your setup, contact Hoonies Adrenaline before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNGK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRuthenium HX resistor spark plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLTR6BHX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStock Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90495\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHoonies SKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLTR6BHX90495\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol, 2022-2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTapered seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHex Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpark Plug Gap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 mm (0.032 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRuthenium HX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering and Fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, compare the NGK LTR6BHX and 90495 references against your vehicle requirements. Check your model year, engine and any existing service information. If the vehicle has been tuned or modified, speak to the tuner or installer about the correct plug gap and service interval for that setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation should follow the correct workshop procedure for the vehicle. Use the correct tools, avoid over-tightening, and follow the relevant torque guidance from the vehicle or plug manufacturer. If you are not comfortable working around coil packs and spark plug wells, professional fitting is the safest route.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this spark plug for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is offered for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol from 2022-2025. Because spark plug fitment is engine-specific, check the vehicle details and NGK LTR6BHX 90495 part reference before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does Ruthenium HX mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRuthenium HX is NGK's spark plug technology used on this part number. For the buyer, the important point is that it identifies a specific NGK ignition component rather than a generic replacement plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill these spark plugs increase power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpark plugs are service components, not standalone power adders. Fresh, correctly matched plugs help support reliable ignition, which is important when the engine is working hard or when other performance work has been carried out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many spark plugs should I order for a full V6 service?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA V6 ignition service normally requires six spark plugs. Pack quantities can vary, so check the quantity being supplied and order enough for the work you plan to complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan these be used on tuned vehicles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey can be considered as part of ignition maintenance on a performance-focused Ranger Raptor, but plug gap and suitability should match the vehicle's calibration, hardware and use. Ask Hoonies Adrenaline if you need help checking suitability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special fitting equipment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo special performance equipment is stated for this product, but correct spark plug tools, care around the ignition coils, gap checking and the correct torque procedure are important for a clean installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NGK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51435377819990,"sku":"LTR6BHX90495","price":139.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/s-l1600.png?v=1759075321"},{"product_id":"longranger-replacement-extended-140-litre-fuel-tank-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-petrol-2022","title":"LongRanger TR98 140L Petrol Fuel Tank for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the trip around where you want to go, with more freedom between fuel stops.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLonger stretches between fuel stops mean more freedom over where the day takes you. The LongRanger TR98 replaces the Raptor’s 80-litre petrol tank with a 140-litre tank in the original underbody position, keeping the load bed free for the trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is 60 litres of additional capacity—a 75% increase. The gain is fuel carried, not a fixed mileage promise; the range you see depends on consumption, terrain and load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-identifiers\"\u003eManufacturer part number: TR98\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExtra fuel without giving up load-bed space\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TR98 fits in the original under-vehicle tank position on the 2022+ Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol. Its 2 mm aluminised steel construction and internal baffling provide a robust touring tank, with baffling helping control fuel movement around the pick-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the additional carbon-canister equipment required by its installation. This is extra petrol storage for the trip; it leaves the engine’s high-pressure pump and injectors doing their existing jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFuel compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePetrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOriginal-tank reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 litres for this vehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm aluminised steel with internal baffling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLocation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal tank position under the vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdded tank weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.8 kg; additional fuel load must also be considered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExhaust modification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot required with the specified standard exhaust arrangement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFitting guide time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately three hours; actual fitting time depends on vehicle condition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFuel-vapour equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional carbon canister supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat could the extra capacity mean for your trip?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse your own fuel economy to judge the benefit. These examples use UK imperial mpg and nominal full capacity before a reserve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eIllustrative economy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003e80 litres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003e140 litres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e15 UK mpg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e264 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e462 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e20 UK mpg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e352 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e616 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e25 UK mpg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e770 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe figures are arithmetic illustrations rounded to the nearest mile, not road-test results. For your own estimate, divide the litres you plan to use by 4.54609 and multiply by your UK mpg. Leave out your chosen reserve and allow for towing, terrain, load and changing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included and how it fits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the replacement tank, mounting and fitting hardware, additional carbon-canister equipment, float-arm components and instructions. The original filler, sender and pick-up arrangement is reused or adapted as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow approximately three hours as the manufacturer’s fitting guide. The job includes fuel and vapour connections, mounting work and drilling specified mounting holes, so use a professional fuel-system installer. Labour, fuel and an underbody guard are separate. Match any new guard to the exact tank shape and mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo exhaust modification is required with the specified standard exhaust arrangement. The tank is designed to sit at the original tank bash-plate height. An aftermarket exhaust, protection or suspension change needs its own clearance check.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGet to know the gauge from the first fill\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gauge remains functional, but the larger tank changes its behaviour. It can stay on full longer, and the upper and lower portions do not represent equal fuel volumes. Half a gauge does not mean half of 140 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe original distance-to-empty calculation no longer works as intended. Keep records of distance and litres used to learn your Raptor’s consumption with the new tank, and retain a reserve when choosing fuel stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLoading and buying through us\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe replacement tank adds 31.8 kg. Include the additional petrol too, alongside passengers, luggage and accessories. The tank uses available payload and does not raise vehicle or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UK price includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping. Fitting is separate; we can provide delivery timing and any address-specific arrangements. Non-UK orders need a quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLongRanger manufactured products carry a three-year warranty. Third-party components have their own terms, so keep the invoice and fitting information with the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace the original tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. TR98 is a replacement petrol tank in the original under-vehicle position, not an auxiliary tank needing a separate transfer system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Raptor does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe next-generation Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol from May 2022. It is not the earlier or diesel-Raptor tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I still use the fuel gauge and distance-to-empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gauge works but behaves differently with the larger tank. The original distance-to-empty calculation no longer works as intended. Use refuelling records and a reserve to plan stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it reduce ground clearance or need an exhaust change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to sit at the original tank bash-plate height, with no exhaust modification for the specified standard arrangement. Aftermarket equipment needs its own clearance check.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the carbon canister included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The additional carbon canister and associated installation components are part of the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it increase payload or GVM?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tank and extra fuel consume available payload and need to be included in the vehicle and axle-load plan.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LongRanger","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51435470455126,"sku":null,"price":1999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/rn-image_picker_lib_temp_aa9ed19a-f5f6-4f61-9688-0dbbab73cef0.webp?v=1773410254"},{"product_id":"salt-shift-chassis-flusher-kit","title":"Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit – Deep Undercarriage Cleaning System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSalt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit: Targeted Undercarriage Cleaning for Off-Road and Coastal Vehicles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit is engineered for vehicle owners who demand serious protection against corrosion and structural decay. This specialist cleaning system is designed to flush out salt, mud, and debris from inside chassis rails and hard-to-reach undercarriage areas, helping extend the life of your 4WD, off-road, or coastal vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUtilising a patented device with six high-powered water jets, the Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit delivers a 360-degree spray pattern deep inside your vehicle’s chassis. The system connects directly to your garden hose and uses a 1\/4 inch brass fitting for reliable water flow. Powerful Neodymium magnets secure the flusher in place, allowing you to target specific chassis sections without hassle. The included Salt Shift Advanced Off-Road Wash is dispensed through the flusher canister, ensuring thorough removal of corrosive contaminants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Kit Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis chassis flusher is ideal for vehicles exposed to saltwater, mud, or harsh off-road environments—such as beach-driven 4WDs, expedition rigs, trailers, and caravans. Regular use helps prevent hidden corrosion that can compromise safety and lead to expensive repairs. It’s especially valuable after saltwater crossings, winter road treatments, or muddy off-road adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to flush salt, mud, and debris from inside chassis rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps prevent underbody corrosion and structural damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and operate—plugs directly into chassis openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix Neodymium magnets provide secure, hands-free use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact, 90-degree tapered brass fitting for tight spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with standard garden hoses for convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes Salt Shift Advanced Off-Road Wash for enhanced cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalt Shift 1L Advanced Off-Road Wash\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalt Shift Chassis Flusher Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalt Shift Flusher Canister\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlusher Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSalt Shift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChassis Flusher Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInlet Shaft Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnet Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6x Neodymium magnets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpray Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360-degree, 6-jet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose Connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch brass fitting, garden hose compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo use, simply insert the Salt Shift Chassis Flusher into your vehicle’s chassis rail, add 100ml of Salt Shift Wash to the canister, and connect to your garden hose. Set the canister dial to the largest dot (setting 3) for maximum flow. For best results, position your vehicle on a slight decline or begin at the highest chassis point, moving the flusher along the rail several times to ensure complete coverage. The compact design and magnetic hold make it easy to manoeuvre and secure during cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Chassis Flushing Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, mud, and debris trapped inside chassis rails are leading causes of hidden corrosion, especially for vehicles used off-road or near the coast. Over time, this can undermine structural integrity and safety. The Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit helps address this problem by delivering targeted, high-pressure cleaning where it’s needed most—helping you protect your investment and avoid costly repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should I use the Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor vehicles regularly exposed to saltwater, mud, or winter road treatments, use after each exposure or at least monthly during high-risk periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the kit compatible with all vehicle chassis types?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flusher is designed to fit most open chassis rails found on 4WDs, utes, trailers, and caravans. Always check your vehicle for suitable access points before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the kit with other cleaning products?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is optimised for use with Salt Shift Advanced Off-Road Wash, included in the package. Using other products may affect performance or void product support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the magnets damage my chassis or paintwork?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Neodymium magnets are strong but designed for secure placement. Ensure the area is clean before use to avoid scratching painted surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need any special tools for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo special tools are required. The chassis flusher is designed for simple, tool-free installation and removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance does the kit require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the flusher device and hose with clean water after each use to prevent residue build-up and ensure long-term reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Salt Shift","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51435530158422,"sku":null,"price":89.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/4_Salt_Shift_Chassis_Flusher_Kit_undercarriage-new.webp?v=1763990379"},{"product_id":"unisex-hoonies-adrenaline-embroidered-garment-dyed-heavyweight-t-shirt","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline Embroidered Logo Heavyweight T-Shirt","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIt is the small details you keep coming back to.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur embroidered logo tee keeps the branding small and lets the cotton and stitching do the work. The chest embroidery adds texture you can see up close, on a relaxed heavyweight tee that feels easy to wear from the first outing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA stitched finish, kept simple\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Hoonies logo is embroidered into the chest, giving the design a tactile finish. The garment-dyed fabric has a soft, washed appearance that suits the understated styling. Pair it with jeans, or layer it under a jacket with the small logo on show.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe tee you reach for again\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 206.8 g\/m², the cotton feels substantial without turning a simple tee into a heavy layer. Garment-dyeing gives it a softer, lived-in finish from the start. Double-needle seams and taped shoulders add structure to a relaxed shape you can wear on repeat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing your fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA relaxed unisex fit, with room through the body. Compare the measurements below with a tee you already enjoy wearing to choose your size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall Hoonies logo embroidered on the chest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% ring-spun cotton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e206.8 g\/m² (6.1 oz\/yd²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRelaxed, unisex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarment-dyed; pre-shrunk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-needle collar, sleeves and hems; taped neck and shoulders\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Navy, Sage, Khaki, Brick, Espresso, Light Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS, M, L, XL, 2XL, 3XL, 4XL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne T-shirt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSize guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasurements are in centimetres, with the garment laid flat. Measure the width from armpit to armpit and the length from the top of the shoulder beside the collar down to the hem. Allow for up to 5 cm variation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eLength (cm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eFlat chest width (cm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eS\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eM\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eXL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e2XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e3XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e4XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWash inside out on a cold, gentle cycle with similar colours and a mild detergent. Skip fabric softener. Hang dry, or tumble dry on low; if ironing, use a cool setting on the reverse and keep the iron away from the design. Do not dry clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the logo stitched or printed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is stitched embroidery. Choose this tee if you like a small logo with visible thread texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit like a slim T-shirt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It has a relaxed cut with room through the body. The size chart gives you flat garment measurements, so you can compare it with a favourite tee.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill every garment-dyed colour look identical?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmall shade differences are part of the garment-dyed finish. Wash with similar colours and follow the care guidance to keep the fabric and design looking their best.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I measure for my size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLay a similar garment flat, measure across the chest from armpit to armpit, then measure from the shoulder beside the collar down to the hem. Compare those measurements with the size guide to find the fit you enjoy wearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/men-s-box-tee\"\u003ePrefer a more oversized cut? See our New Skool Embroidered Box Tee.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eColours, sizes and product codes\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack \/ S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_15114\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack \/ M\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_15115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack \/ L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_15116\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack \/ XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_15117\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack \/ 2XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_15118\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack \/ 3XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_16326\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack \/ 4XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_17500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNavy \/ S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21555\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNavy \/ M\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21556\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNavy \/ L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21557\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNavy \/ XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21558\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNavy \/ 2XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21559\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNavy \/ 3XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21560\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNavy \/ 4XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21561\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSage \/ S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21562\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSage \/ M\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21563\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSage \/ L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21564\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSage \/ XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21565\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSage \/ 2XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21566\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSage \/ 3XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21567\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSage \/ 4XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21568\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKhaki \/ S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21534\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKhaki \/ M\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21535\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKhaki \/ L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21536\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKhaki \/ XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21537\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKhaki \/ 2XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21538\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKhaki \/ 3XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21539\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKhaki \/ 4XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5171367_21540\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrick \/ S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_15161\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrick \/ M\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_15162\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrick \/ L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_15163\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrick \/ XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_15164\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrick \/ 2XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_15165\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrick \/ 3XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_16327\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrick \/ 4XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_17509\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEspresso \/ S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_21243\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEspresso \/ M\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_21244\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEspresso \/ L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_21245\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEspresso \/ XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_21246\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEspresso \/ 2XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_21247\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEspresso \/ 3XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_21248\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEspresso \/ 4XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_21249\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLight Green \/ S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_16535\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLight Green \/ M\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_16536\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLight Green \/ L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_16537\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLight Green \/ XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_16538\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLight Green \/ 2XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_16539\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLight Green \/ 3XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_16540\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLight Green \/ 4XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6604228_17510\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ S","offer_id":51599678341462,"sku":"5171367_15114","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ M","offer_id":51599678374230,"sku":"5171367_15115","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ L","offer_id":51599678406998,"sku":"5171367_15116","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ XL","offer_id":51599678439766,"sku":"5171367_15117","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 2XL","offer_id":51599678472534,"sku":"5171367_15118","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 3XL","offer_id":51599678505302,"sku":"5171367_16326","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 4XL","offer_id":51599678538070,"sku":"5171367_17500","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ S","offer_id":51599678800214,"sku":"5171367_21555","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ M","offer_id":51599678832982,"sku":"5171367_21556","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ L","offer_id":51599678865750,"sku":"5171367_21557","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ XL","offer_id":51599678898518,"sku":"5171367_21558","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ 2XL","offer_id":51599678931286,"sku":"5171367_21559","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ 3XL","offer_id":51599678964054,"sku":"5171367_21560","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ 4XL","offer_id":51599678996822,"sku":"5171367_21561","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ S","offer_id":51599679029590,"sku":"5171367_21562","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ M","offer_id":51599679062358,"sku":"5171367_21563","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ L","offer_id":51599679095126,"sku":"5171367_21564","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ XL","offer_id":51599679127894,"sku":"5171367_21565","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ 2XL","offer_id":51599679160662,"sku":"5171367_21566","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ 3XL","offer_id":51599679193430,"sku":"5171367_21567","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ 4XL","offer_id":51599679226198,"sku":"5171367_21568","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ S","offer_id":51599679947094,"sku":"5171367_21534","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ M","offer_id":51599679979862,"sku":"5171367_21535","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ L","offer_id":51599680012630,"sku":"5171367_21536","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ XL","offer_id":51599680045398,"sku":"5171367_21537","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ 2XL","offer_id":51599680078166,"sku":"5171367_21538","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ 3XL","offer_id":51599680110934,"sku":"5171367_21539","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ 4XL","offer_id":51599680143702,"sku":"5171367_21540","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ S","offer_id":51687116472662,"sku":"6604228_15161","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ M","offer_id":51687116505430,"sku":"6604228_15162","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ L","offer_id":51687116538198,"sku":"6604228_15163","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ XL","offer_id":51687116570966,"sku":"6604228_15164","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ 2XL","offer_id":51687116603734,"sku":"6604228_15165","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ 3XL","offer_id":51687116636502,"sku":"6604228_16327","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ 4XL","offer_id":51687116669270,"sku":"6604228_17509","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ S","offer_id":51687116702038,"sku":"6604228_21243","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ M","offer_id":51687116734806,"sku":"6604228_21244","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ L","offer_id":51687116767574,"sku":"6604228_21245","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ XL","offer_id":51687116800342,"sku":"6604228_21246","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ 2XL","offer_id":51687116833110,"sku":"6604228_21247","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ 3XL","offer_id":51687116865878,"sku":"6604228_21248","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ 4XL","offer_id":51687116898646,"sku":"6604228_21249","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ S","offer_id":51687116931414,"sku":"6604228_16535","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ M","offer_id":51687116964182,"sku":"6604228_16536","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ L","offer_id":51687116996950,"sku":"6604228_16537","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ XL","offer_id":51687117029718,"sku":"6604228_16538","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ 2XL","offer_id":51687117062486,"sku":"6604228_16539","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ 3XL","offer_id":51687117095254,"sku":"6604228_16540","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ 4XL","offer_id":51687117128022,"sku":"6604228_17510","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/unisex-garment-dyed-heavyweight-t-shirt-black-front-68f23f3c4aea9.jpg?v=1760706796"},{"product_id":"hoonies-adrenaline-hoodie-ring-spun-cotton-unisex-hoodie","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline Classic Logo Pullover Hoodie","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe easy choice for hoodie weather.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack, soft inside and finished with a small Hoonies chest logo. Our Classic Logo hoodie keeps things simple, whether you are heading out for coffee or pulling on another layer after a day outside. It is the understated option you can wear with almost anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort without the big graphic\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe small front logo adds just enough detail to the black pullover. A fleece interior, adjustable hood and roomy front pouch make it comfortable to settle into on a cool evening. It is also an easy starting point if this is your first piece of Hoonies clothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAn extra layer you will want to stay in\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe soft fleece interior takes the edge off cooler days, while the cotton face gives the outside a smooth finish. The three-panel hood adjusts with flat drawstrings, and the pouch pocket is there for cold hands when the conversation carries on outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing your fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hoodie runs small. We recommend choosing one size larger than your usual size, then checking the measurements below against a hoodie you like, especially if you want room for another layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall Hoonies chest logo on a black pullover hoodie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65% ring-spun cotton, 35% polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOuter face\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% cotton face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e288.2 g\/m² (8.5 oz\/yd²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnisex; runs small — one size up recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFleece interior; three-panel hood; flat drawstrings; front pouch pocket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS, M, L, XL, 2XL, 3XL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMade to order; allow for production time as well as delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hoodie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSize guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasurements are in centimetres, with the garment laid flat. Measure the width from armpit to armpit and the length from the top of the shoulder beside the collar down to the hem. Allow for up to 5 cm variation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eLength (cm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eFlat chest width (cm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eS\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eM\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eXL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e2XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e3XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWash inside out on a cold, gentle cycle with similar colours and a mild detergent. Skip fabric softener. Hang dry, or tumble dry on low; if ironing, use a cool setting on the reverse and keep the iron away from the design. Do not dry clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this hoodie come in other colours?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Classic Logo version is black, in sizes S–3XL. Our other hoodie designs have their own colour choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I buy my usual hoodie size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe recommend one size up because this hoodie runs small. Compare the flat width and length with a hoodie you already own, allowing for whatever you want to wear underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a fleece hoodie or an all-cotton hoodie?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the cotton-blend fleece hoodie, with a soft interior and a cotton face. Our 350 g\/m² Organic Cotton Hoodies are a separate, heavier all-cotton option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I measure for my size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLay a similar garment flat, measure across the chest from armpit to armpit, then measure from the shoulder beside the collar down to the hem. Compare those measurements with the size guide to find the fit you enjoy wearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hoonies-adrenaline-premium-hoodie-stock-logo-only-edition\"\u003ePrefer a heavier, all-cotton hoodie? See our Stock Logo Organic Cotton Hoodie.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eColours, sizes and product codes\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eS\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6636140_10779\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eM\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6636140_10780\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6636140_10781\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eXL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6636140_10782\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e2XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6636140_10783\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e3XL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6636140_13416\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"S","offer_id":51599681552726,"sku":"6636140_10779","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"M","offer_id":51599681585494,"sku":"6636140_10780","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"L","offer_id":51599681618262,"sku":"6636140_10781","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL","offer_id":51599681651030,"sku":"6636140_10782","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"2XL","offer_id":51599681683798,"sku":"6636140_10783","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"3XL","offer_id":51599681716566,"sku":"6636140_13416","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/cotton-heritage-m2580-i-unisex-premium-pullover-hoodie-black-front-68f23f40848c3.jpg?v=1760706392"},{"product_id":"hoonies-adrenaline-embroidered-beanie-unisex","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline Stealth Logo Embroidered Beanie","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep warm. Keep it low-key.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Stealth Logo beanie is the one for you if you like your Hoonies gear understated. A black knit and subtle front embroidery work with the jacket you already wear, while the close fit keeps you comfortable on cold mornings and evenings outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe logo you notice up close\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe small stitched logo sits on the turned-up cuff, giving the beanie a little detail without taking over. It is an easy finishing touch with a hoodie, a winter coat or a plain tee when the temperature drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSoft knit, close fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cotton-acrylic blend feels soft and breathable, with a snug shape that sits neatly under a hood. It is an easy little extra to keep by the door for cold starts and evenings outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubtle Hoonies logo embroidered on the front cuff; black beanie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60% cotton, 40% acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnug, form-fitting; one size fits most\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurned-up cuff with subtle embroidered logo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMade to order; allow for production time as well as delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7261312_4522\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHand wash gently in cold water and leave to air dry. Avoid wringing or stretching the knit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from the New Skool beanie?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Stealth beanie pairs subtle embroidery with a black cotton-acrylic knit. Our New Skool Cuffed Beanie has a gold logo, an all-acrylic knit and a wider choice of colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a stretch-knit, one-size beanie, with no strap or fastening. The shape is designed to fit close to your head.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I wash it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHand wash in cold water, then let it air dry to care for the knit and embroidery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cuffed-beanie\"\u003eWant the gold New Skool logo? Take a look at our New Skool beanie.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51599682175318,"sku":"7261312_4522","price":20.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/knit-beanie-black-front-68f23f450436c.jpg?v=1760706405"},{"product_id":"ford-ranger-wildtrak-v6-3-0l-diesel-ecu-tuning-2022-2025","title":"Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel ECU Tuning - Custom Remap 2022-2025","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFord Ranger Wildtrak V6 Diesel ECU Tuning for 2022-2025\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering ECU tuning service is for the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel from 2022-2025. It is built for owners who want a more responsive, more capable Ranger for towing, loaded driving, daily use and performance-focused road or trail work, without buying a generic flash file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published power figure for this custom remap is up to 320 HP, showing the scale of what is possible when the vehicle condition, fuel, hardware and calibration route support it. Your Ranger is still treated as an individual vehicle: the final calibration is shaped by logs, condition, temperature behaviour, hardware, feedback and the tuning method selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Custom Ranger Remap Changes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eModern diesel pickups can feel held back by conservative factory calibration, especially when carrying weight, towing or needing clean mid-range response. This Ford Ranger 3.0 V6 diesel tuning service recalibrates the engine management software to help improve power delivery, throttle response and usable torque character.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe service focuses on software calibration rather than physical engine changes. The available product information confirms non-invasive software tuning with no hardware modifications or ECU swaps required for the remap itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharper response:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the Ranger react more cleanly when pulling away, overtaking or driving with load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStronger mid-range feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e supports more confident towing and loaded driving where diesel torque delivery matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom calibration:\u003c\/strong\u003e built around your vehicle rather than treated as a one-size-fits-all file.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemote or dyno route:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose the tuning method that best fits your location, schedule and preference for in-person testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho This Ford Ranger 3.0 V6 Diesel Tuning Is For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis service suits Ranger Wildtrak owners who want the vehicle to feel more responsive and composed under real use, not just produce a headline number. It is particularly relevant if your pickup is used as a work vehicle, tow vehicle, touring platform or fast daily driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowing and hauling:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful when you want stronger response with trailers, tools or camping equipment on board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaily road use:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps make the Ranger feel less flat in normal acceleration and overtaking situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOff-road and touring builds:\u003c\/strong\u003e supports smoother control when the vehicle is carrying accessories or expedition equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners comparing tuning options:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal if you want a custom Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering process rather than a basic file upload.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExact Vehicle Fitment and Buyer Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis ECU remap is for the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel, model years 2022-2025. The supported engine application is also described as the Ford Ranger 3.0L V6 TD EcoBlue from 2022-2025.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe diesel fitment matters. This is not positioned as a Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol tune, a 2.0 diesel tune or a plug-in hybrid calibration. If your Ranger has a different engine, model year or powertrain, speak to Hoonies Adrenaline before choosing a tuning route.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCustom Tuning Approach With Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering position this as a custom tuning service, not a flash-and-dash file. The calibration is shaped around the individual vehicle, its logs, condition, hardware, driver feedback and any issues that appear during the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat approach matters because two Rangers can respond differently depending on servicing, fuel quality, operating temperatures, existing hardware and how the vehicle is used. A tow vehicle, a road-focused daily and an expedition build may need different calibration priorities, even when they share the same 3.0L V6 diesel platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aim is to reach a suitable calibration for the engine, transmission behaviour, vehicle condition and use case, rather than chasing a fixed number at the expense of driveability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow Fully Remote ECU Tuning Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Remote option is designed for Ranger owners who want the custom tuning process without travelling to St Neots. It uses a supplied OBD2 device and your smartphone to log engine data and support calibration work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect the Remote tuning method:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose the remote route when ordering the service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the supplied OBD2 device:\u003c\/strong\u003e the device and smartphone workflow allows engine data to be logged from your vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLog the Ranger in real use:\u003c\/strong\u003e data from your vehicle helps shape the calibration around its condition and behaviour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive a custom calibration file:\u003c\/strong\u003e the remap is created from the vehicle profile, logs and feedback.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefine from further data:\u003c\/strong\u003e the process can involve iterative adjustments so the calibration is matched to the vehicle rather than left as a generic file.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemote tuning is especially useful if your Ranger is used for work, towing or travel and you want a structured calibration process without losing time to a workshop visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDyno Tuning at St Neots\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Dyno option is available at St Neots for owners who prefer an in-person tuning session. This route is suited to buyers who want measured before-and-after performance testing and workshop-led calibration time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe in-house dyno route is particularly useful if you want the vehicle assessed under controlled load, if you have specific driveability feedback, or if the Ranger has hardware changes that should be discussed before calibration. Existing service information refers to professional hub dyno tuning, with booking time depending on the vehicle and the session required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are deciding between Remote and Dyno, choose Remote for convenience and choose Dyno if you value in-person support, measured runs and workshop time at St Neots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eService Provider\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline x Lukos Engineering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eECU tuning \/ custom remap service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel, 2022-2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger 3.0L V6 TD EcoBlue diesel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuning Methods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote or Dyno\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDyno Location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSt Neots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemote Tuning Equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied OBD2 device and smartphone logging workflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardware Requirement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo hardware modifications or ECU swaps required for the remap service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 320 HP, vehicle dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering and Vehicle Condition\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the best tuning experience, make sure the Ranger is in sound mechanical condition before calibration. Service condition, air filtration, cooling system health, fuel, temperatures and existing hardware can all influence the result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the vehicle has performance parts, towing equipment or a particular use case, share that before tuning. The more accurately the vehicle is described, the easier it is for Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering to prioritise the right balance of response, delivery and calibration headroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWarranty, Insurance and Practical Cautions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any ECU tune, remap or vehicle modification, warranty decisions can be affected and remain with the dealer, manufacturer or warranty provider. Tuning should also be declared to your insurer where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePerformance results are vehicle dependent. Condition, fuel, hardware, logs, temperature behaviour and the chosen Remote or Dyno tuning route can all influence the final calibration and output.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this remap for the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The intended application is the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel from 2022-2025, also described as the Ford Ranger 3.0L V6 TD EcoBlue diesel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the up to 320 HP figure guaranteed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo fixed power number is guaranteed. Up to 320 HP shows the stated potential for this service, but your Ranger is calibrated individually and results depend on condition, fuel, hardware, temperatures and logs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose Remote tuning or Dyno tuning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Remote if convenience is the priority and you are comfortable using the supplied OBD2 device and smartphone logging workflow. Choose Dyno at St Neots if you want in-person calibration and measured before-and-after testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the tuning require engine hardware modifications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo hardware modifications or ECU swaps are required for the remap service itself. If your Ranger already has hardware changes, share those details before tuning so the calibration route can be planned correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill ECU tuning affect my warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can. As with any remap or vehicle modification, warranty decisions sit with the dealer, manufacturer or warranty provider, so it is sensible to understand your position before proceeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before booking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck that the vehicle is mechanically healthy, serviced appropriately and running the fuel you intend to use after tuning. Tell Hoonies Adrenaline about towing use, added weight, existing modifications or any known driveability issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lukos Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Remote","offer_id":51786158801238,"sku":null,"price":1300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dyno (St Neots)","offer_id":51786158834006,"sku":null,"price":1500.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Ranger_Wildtrak_3.0_2022.png?v=1779007695"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-v6-2022-2025-twin-3-stainless-steel-performance-exhaust-system","title":"Manta Twin 3-inch Exhaust for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 – Cat-back \u0026 Turbo-back","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your V6 a voice that makes the drive feel like an occasion.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Raptor has the presence. A Manta exhaust adds the sound and rear-end detail to make it feel more your own, with twin 3-inch pipework and factory exhaust-mode control on the cat-back and complete turbo-back kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a daily driver, we would start with the cat-back: Manta rear exhaust character and black tips while keeping the original front exhaust. The complete turbo-back adds the equal-length front section for the full Manta arrangement; the catted front kit lets you keep the standard rear system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your Manta system\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"offer-table offer-comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eWhy choose it\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCat-back\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0322\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£2,250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear system, bi-modal muffler and two black tips. Keeps existing downpipes\/catalysts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOur daily-driver starting point for sound and appearance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eComplete turbo-back\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0321\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£4,250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCatted downpipes, equal-length front section and complete rear system with two black tips.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Manta front-to-rear arrangement.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCatted front kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0323\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£2,250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCatted downpipes, front pipes including equal-length section, standard-rear connectors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpgrade the front while keeping the standard rear exhaust.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNon-catted downpipes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMBE780\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£2,250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDownpipe component only; no catalysts, rear muffler or tips.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDedicated race\/track use only; connecting parts matched to the build.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe complete turbo-back is £2,000 above the cat-back at these prices. That adds the catted downpipes and equal-length front section as well as the rear system. SSMBE780 is for race\/track use only and is not suitable for public-road use, including driving to a trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0321, SSMKFD0322 and SSMKFD0323: 2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0-litre V6 EcoBoost petrol.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePipework\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin 3-inch on SSMKFD0321, SSMKFD0322 and SSMKFD0323; SSMBE780 is a dual 3-inch downpipe component.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e409-grade stainless steel with mandrel-bent tubing on SSMKFD0321, SSMKFD0322 and SSMKFD0323.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEqual-length front pipe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMBE777 right-hand trombone pipe with flex: included in SSMKFD0321 and SSMKFD0323; not included in SSMKFD0322.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCatalysts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-flow catalysts included in SSMKFD0321 and SSMKFD0323. SSMKFD0322 retains the existing catalysts. SSMBE780 has no catalysts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExhaust control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0321 and SSMKFD0322 include the SSMBM785MF bi-modal muffler assembly and retain factory exhaust-mode selection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTailpipes and tips\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0321 and SSMKFD0322: left and right tailpipes with two black RX608WCSS-B tips; each tip has a 3-inch inlet, 4-inch outlet and 150 mm length.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard rear-exhaust connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0323 includes SSMBE782 connectors for the standard cat-back. A different brand’s rear system needs its own connection check.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe three SSMKFD kits are designed and manufactured in Australia.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer warranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 years against defects for the three stainless SSMKFD kits, under the MPI\/Manta warranty terms.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHear the full turbo-back\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHear Manta’s complete turbo-back system as the V6 climbs through the revs. The recording is of the full system with its equal-length front section; the cat-back retains your existing front exhaust and has its own character.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=xTB6Kx0Wrbk\u0026amp;t=50s\"\u003ePlay Manta’s Ranger Raptor full turbo-back recording\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cat-back and full system retain factory mode selection, giving you a choice of exhaust character for different journeys. For the sound you live with every day, the complete exhaust matters: the cat-back keeps your original front section, while the full turbo-back changes both ends of the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe equal-length front section and finishing detail\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe right-hand SSMBE777 trombone pipe adds length to balance the path taken by pulses from the two cylinder banks. It is included in the full turbo-back and catted downpipe kits. On the complete turbo-back system, the equal-length layout gives the V6 a smoother, deeper exhaust note. The cat-back keeps your original front section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three SSMKFD kits use Australian-made 409-grade stainless pipework with mandrel bends that maintain the pipe section through the curves. On the cat-back and full turbo-back, the two black tips each have a 3-inch inlet, 4-inch outlet, 150 mm length and rolled inner cone. They give the rear of the Raptor a visible finishing touch even when it is parked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFull parts lists by kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"parts-list\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eOpen the exact contents for each Manta kit\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSSMKFD0322 cat-back\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBE783 connecting pipes; SSMBM785MF bi-modal muffler assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBE778 over-axle section and SSMBE779 rear connector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBT788 left tailpipe, SSMBT789 right tailpipe and two RX608WCSS-B black tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting parts: one GMR008 rubber hanger, one MANTA-BOLTLOCKER, two PST015 sealant tubes, six GMG093-3 gaskets and 14 BOLT250 bolt\/nut sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSSMKFD0321 full turbo-back\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBC780 catted downpipes; SSMBE776 left front pipe and SSMBE777 right equal-length pipe, both with flex sections; SSMBE784 connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBM785MF bi-modal muffler assembly, SSMBE778 over-axle section, SSMBE779 rear connector, SSMBT788\/789 tailpipes and two RX608WCSS-B black tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting parts: one GMR008 hanger, one MANTA-BOLTLOCKER, two FE042NEXT90 90-degree threaded oxygen-sensor nut extensions, two PST015 sealant tubes, six MNS003 nuts, nine GMG093-3 gaskets and 18 BOLT250 bolt\/nut sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSSMKFD0323 catted downpipe kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBC780 catted downpipes, SSMBE776 left front pipe and SSMBE777 right equal-length pipe, both with flex sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBE782 connecting pipes for the standard rear exhaust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting parts: one MANTA-BOLTLOCKER, one PST015 sealant tube, two FE042NEXT90 90-degree threaded oxygen-sensor nut extensions, four GMG093-3 gaskets, six MNS003 nuts and eight BOLT250 bolt\/nut sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSSMBE780 non-catted component\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the dual downpipe component without catalysts. It does not include a rear exhaust, bi-modal muffler assembly or tailpipe tips. It must be matched with the connecting parts required by your race or track build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFE042NEXT90 is a threaded 90-degree O2 sensor nut extension, not an electrical extension lead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting your chosen combination\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting covers alignment, joints, leak checks, clearances and exhaust-mode operation. Labour and any calibration work are separate. A downpipe change needs the intended use and calibration assessed for the complete system; high-flow catalysts alone do not establish road approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSSMKFD0323 includes SSMBE782 connectors for the standard rear exhaust. Another brand’s rear system needs its connection matched separately. The loose SSMBE777 equal-length pipe connects to an existing Manta system; it does not include the catted kit’s standard-rear adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInclude a long-range tank or underbody protection in the fitting plan. If you are keeping another brand’s exhaust, its make and part number let us help identify the right connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuying your Manta through us\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UK price includes VAT, customs and delivery unless checkout states otherwise. Fitting is separate. These systems are available to order; establish the delivery estimate before booking workshop time. Outside the UK, shipping is shown at checkout and local import charges remain your responsibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three stainless SSMKFD kits have a ten-year manufacturer warranty against defects from the invoice date. The warranty excludes wear and cosmetic deterioration, failure caused by alteration or abuse, heat-wrapped parts, and catalyst failure with aftermarket forced induction. Associated labour and freight are excluded.  Your rights against us as the retailer are separate from the manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mpiautomotive.com\/warranty-claims\"\u003eRead the MPI\/Manta warranty terms\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one would you choose for a daily driver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would start with the SSMKFD0322 cat-back for Manta rear exhaust character, black tips and factory mode control while keeping the existing downpipes and catalysts. Choose the full turbo-back when you also want the equal-length front section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I still use the factory exhaust modes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the cat-back and full turbo-back kits. The catted downpipe kit keeps your existing rear system and its controls; the downpipe options do not supply a new rear valve assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cat-back have the equal-length pipe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. SSMBE777 is included in SSMKFD0321 and SSMKFD0323. The catted kit also supplies the connectors for the standard rear exhaust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it drone on the motorway?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cat-back keeps the original downpipes and catalysts and retains factory exhaust-mode control, which is why we would start there for a daily driver. Cabin resonance varies with the complete system and driving conditions. The linked clip lets you hear the full turbo-back; it is not a cat-back cabin recording.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it add horsepower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny gain depends on the full engine, fuel and calibration. We do not attach a fixed power increase to the exhaust alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the non-catted downpipes on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. SSMBE780 is for race or track use only. It has no catalysts and is not a complete rear exhaust system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the kits fit my 2022+ Raptor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSSMKFD0321, SSMKFD0322 and SSMKFD0323 fit the 2022+ Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol. Existing exhaust and underbody accessories still need to suit the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat about my vehicle warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Manta product warranty is separate from vehicle cover. Discuss the planned exhaust change with your warranty provider and have the installer establish the exact system’s suitability for its intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"SSMKFD0321 - Full Turbo Back Exhaust","offer_id":52316675801430,"sku":"SSMKFD0321","price":4250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"SSMKFD0322 - Cat Back","offer_id":52316675834198,"sku":"SSMKFD0322","price":2250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"SSMKFD0323 - Downpipes (With Cats)","offer_id":52316675866966,"sku":"SSMKFD0323","price":2250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"SSMBE780 - Downpipes (No Cats)","offer_id":52630661202262,"sku":"SSMBE780","price":2250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1a.png?v=1761063141"},{"product_id":"hoonies-adrenaline-embroidered-patch","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline 3-Inch Embroidered Shield Patch","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake that patch panel yours.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGive your bag or jacket a little Hoonies identity. Our embroidered shield brings together the gold Hoonies logo and the Raptor and Trooper artwork in a compact patch you can move between compatible hook-and-loop panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA lot of detail in a small patch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shield shape, gold lettering and vehicle artwork stand out against the dark background. At approximately 3 inches across, it adds a visible detail to your kit without taking up the whole panel. Press it onto a compatible loop surface and swap it over whenever you feel like changing things up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMove it with your kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHook-and-loop backing makes the patch easy to take off and reposition on a compatible panel. Use it on a patch-ready bag or jacket when you want the Hoonies detail without committing to a permanent sewn-on badge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmbroidered shield with Hoonies lettering, Raptor and Trooper artwork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmbroidered shield patch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 3 inches across (7.6 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBacking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook-and-loop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eArtwork\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies logo, Raptor and Trooper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne patch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGently brush away loose dirt and spot clean when needed. Avoid pulling at the embroidery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it stick straight onto an ordinary jacket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt needs a compatible loop panel. The backing is hook-and-loop, not a self-adhesive sticker or an iron-on coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I move it from one bag to another?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, where both have compatible loop panels. Peel it away and press it onto the next panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 3 inches across, or 7.6 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hoonies-adrenaline-embroidered-key-chain\"\u003eFor a smaller Hoonies detail on your keys, see our embroidered keyring.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51683521167702,"sku":null,"price":8.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/patch.png?v=1761578882"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-rooftop-tent","title":"ARB Altitude Electric Rooftop Tent for Two - XCTR802500","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWake up somewhere worth the drive.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpen the windows, let the morning in and enjoy the view from your own double bed. The ARB Altitude puts a comfortable room on top of your touring vehicle, with electric opening and closing, space to leave your bedding inside and thoughtful details that make a few nights away feel like a proper holiday. It is ARB’s flagship rooftop tent, built for two people who want to travel with their own bed and make the most of every stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCTR802500\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLess to unpack when you arrive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter a long drive, being able to leave the bed made is a luxury you will appreciate. The Altitude has room to close with bedding inside, with recessed roof nets for pillows and bulkier items. Its ladder travels in a separate compartment within the upper shell, so it does not take up space alongside your bags, food and recovery gear. Set out the ladder, release the two external latches and press the button: the electric scissor lift raises the roof for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRoom to enjoy being away\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof rises at both ends, creating a room with upright walls and 1180 mm of headroom. There is space to sit up with a book, get changed or take your time over the first coffee of the day. The included 1370 × 1870 mm double mattress uses 70 mm dual-density foam. Open the corner windows and side doors for a panoramic view, or close the fabric panels for privacy. Insect mesh lets you enjoy ventilation while keeping the sleeping space screened.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort after the sun goes down\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimmable white and amber lighting lets you choose bright light for finding your things or a softer setting before bed. The roof fan has adjustable speeds and can draw air in or extract it, helping you keep air moving on warmer nights. USB and USB-C charging keep your phone close to hand, while bottle holders, phone pockets and roof nets give the small essentials somewhere to live. The moulded headliner separates you from the ladder compartment and adds an insulating layer beneath the shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA ladder you will appreciate in bare feet\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWide 360 × 175 mm treads sit flat when the ladder is correctly positioned, giving your feet a proper step. Folding handrails provide something substantial to hold on the climb, and white or amber lighting beneath the attachment rail lights your way after dark. The ladder can attach to either side of the tent, so you can choose the entrance that works with your awning, parking position and campsite. It adjusts for vehicle heights from 1735 to 2110 mm; an extension is available separately for taller installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAn easier start the next morning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmartFold hinges guide the canvas inward as the powered roof lowers, reducing the handling involved in packing away. Lay the bedding flat, put pillows in the roof nets and close the fabric panels before lowering. Keep an eye on the canvas as it folds, particularly in a breeze, then secure the latches and return the ladder to its compartment. For a trip with a different stop each night, keeping the bed and ladder together makes the daily routine much simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to stay part of your touring setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe contoured fibreglass shell has a two-tone grey gel-coat finish over an aluminium frame. A 17 mm honeycomb base and 380 GSM polycotton canvas give the tent its structure, with corner drainage points for rainwater and seals that close those openings for travel. Integrated T-slot rails carry up to 20 kg, including the mounting hardware, and the electric lift can operate with that load in place. Suitable boards or recovery equipment can therefore stay secured above the tent overnight, within the complete vehicle and rack limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with your Altitude\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent includes its electric lift and SmartFold system, double mattress, internally stored ladder with folding handrails, interior and ladder lighting, roof fan, charging sockets, storage pockets and nets, roof rails, bracket clamps and a 3 m power lead. Plan the vehicle mounting and 12 V connection alongside the tent. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-side-awning-kit\"\u003eside awning\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-roof-cross-bar-kit\"\u003eroof crossbars\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-tent-ladder-extension\"\u003eladder extension\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-120w-solar-panel-kit-altitude\"\u003esolar kit\u003c\/a\u003e are optional accessories, chosen to suit how you travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake it work with your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Altitude weighs 106 kg dry, so the roof and mounting arrangement need to be considered before ordering. The travelling load includes the tent, rack or mounts and anything carried on top; occupied use needs the appropriate static capacity too. Measure the finished vehicle height for your garage and usual parking spots. Tell us your vehicle and existing roof setup and we can help work through the mounting and accessory choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAward-winning design\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Altitude won the Roof Tents over £2,000 category at the Caravan and Motorhome Club’s 2025 Lightweight Leisure Awards. It brings the powered setup, usable living space and integrated comforts together in a tent designed to earn its place on a well-equipped touring vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR802500; ARB model 802500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOccupancy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo adults\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V electric scissor lift with SmartFold canvas hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1370 × 1870 × 70 mm; dual-density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal headroom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosed dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2253 × 1612 × 372 mm (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2253 × 1612 × 1339 mm (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e106 kg dry; 107 kg tent-and-ladder installation allowance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFibreglass shell, aluminium frame and 17 mm honeycomb base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTent fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 GSM polycotton canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEntry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLadder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding handrails; 360 × 175 mm treads; internal storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLadder load rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard ladder height range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1735-2110 mm vehicle height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof-rail load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg including mounting hardware; lift operates with this load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V through an Anderson connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting and ventilation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable white\/amber interior LEDs, ladder lighting and reversible variable-speed fan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB and USB-C sockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-year ARB warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR802500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the Altitude over a simpler rooftop tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would choose it for regular touring where the ease of each overnight stop matters. Powered opening and closing, a full-height sleeping space, bedding storage and the handrail ladder are the main reasons to spend more. A lighter manual tent may suit you better if keeping roof weight and cost down comes first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave my duvet and pillows inside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Lay bedding flat and clear of the mattress edges, and use the recessed roof nets for pillows. A particularly thick duvet or added mattress topper may need to be removed if it stops the shell closing correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs everything automatic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof raises and lowers electrically, and the SmartFold hinges guide the canvas. You still set out and stow the ladder, release and secure the latches, arrange bedding and check the fabric as it closes. The automation takes care of the lifting and folding mechanism; you remain in control of packing up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill two tall adults have enough room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mattress is 1870 mm long and 1370 mm wide. Compare those measurements with the bed space you find comfortable at home, especially if either of you is tall. The 1180 mm headroom makes sitting up easier, but it does not add sleeping length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I charge my phone and run the fan overnight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with a suitable 12 V supply connected. USB charging, the fan and lighting run from that supply, so the available battery capacity and what you use determine runtime. Interior power switches off when you begin lowering the tent; that does not remove the need to manage your battery while camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the electric lift loses power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA manual emergency release is built in. The procedure requires the upper shell to be supported and appropriate assistance, so familiarise yourself with the instructions before travelling. Inside the open tent, the actuator-disable switch prevents someone operating the external lift controls while you are in bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it cope with rain and condensation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heavy polycotton canvas, closable panels and shell drains are designed for camping in changing weather. Keep ventilation open as conditions allow and use the fan to move air; condensation can still occur. Season the canvas with three complete wet-and-dry cycles before your first trip. After packing away wet, reopen it to dry fully as soon as possible. Do not use the tent in strong winds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to remove equipment from the roof before opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, provided the equipment is properly secured to suitable mounts and the total roof-rail load, including mounting hardware, stays within 20 kg. Vehicle, rack and accessory limits still apply. The optional crossbars give you further mounting choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the vehicle for day trips once camp is set up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, after closing and securing the tent and stowing the ladder. A roof tent travels with the vehicle, so it has to be packed away before you drive. The powered mechanism and bedding storage are particularly useful when you plan to head out each morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat needs to be arranged before fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable mounting arrangement and 12 V power connection are essential. Check the complete roof load and vehicle height, and whether your installation needs the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-tent-ladder-extension\"\u003eoptional ladder extension\u003c\/a\u003e. The included 3 m lead connects to a suitable vehicle-side Anderson socket or a correctly installed hardwired supply. A battery, roof rack and the optional camping accessories are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51685498388822,"sku":"XCTR802500","price":5384.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/01.webp?v=1761605136"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell","title":"ARB Esperance 2.0 Hardshell Rooftop Tent - 802200V2","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore time enjoying camp, less time getting your bed ready\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Esperance 2.0 brings your sleeping space, mattress and ladder together in a compact rooftop package. Fold it out, settle into the foam mattress and enjoy a view through the moonroof. It is a practical way to make spontaneous nights away feel more comfortable, with useful lighting and storage already built into the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCTR802200V2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep your sleeping area comfortable and tidy\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe egg-crate foam mattress has a soft quilted cover that can be removed for washing. Internal pockets give phones, keys and other small essentials somewhere to live, while shoe and cargo pockets help keep the sleeping area clearer. The ladder stores inside the closed tent and uses angled steps for more comfortable climbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEnjoy the view when the weather changes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe moonroof has a corresponding clear panel in the rain fly, so fitting weather protection does not mean losing the view above you. Zip-on transparent windows let you close openings against the weather, and can be removed when airflow matters more. High-level ventilation windows help release humid air rather than trapping it inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight for getting ready for bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntegrated 12 V electrics put the controls within reach inside the shell. Interior lighting is useful for getting ready for bed; the exterior LEDs illuminate the entrance and the space around the optional annex. A suitable external power supply is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePacking down for the drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ABS hardshell closes to 1520 x 1200 x 330 mm and the tent weighs 58 kg dry. Include the mounting system and any stored equipment when checking the vehicle roof allowance. ARB rates the open tent for a maximum 300 kg load, but the roof and rack can impose a lower limit. The operating guide specifies a maximum driving speed of 110 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent includes the mattress, telescopic ladder, rain fly, transparent window panels, storage pockets, mounting kit and hardware, plus guy ropes and pegs. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-annex-room\"\u003eEsperance 2.0 annex room\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate option for sheltered changing or extra covered space below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse level ground and set the ladder correctly so it supports the folding base as instructed. Close and secure the shell before travelling. If you pack it away wet, open it again as soon as practical and let the tent and mattress dry fully before storage; the ventilation features help manage moisture but cannot eliminate condensation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2.0 \/ 802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShell\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS hardshell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDry weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eClosed dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1520 x 1200 x 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvoluted foam with removable washable quilted cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eElectrical system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V; external power required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpen-tent load limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg maximum; lower roof\/rack limits apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum driving speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable, washable and quilted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated interior and exterior LEDs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal pockets, shoe and cargo pockets; ladder stores inside the closed tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeather equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRain fly and removable transparent window panels included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMattress, telescopic ladder, rain fly, transparent panels, storage pockets, mounting kit and hardware, guy ropes and pegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSeparate accessory\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2.0 annex room\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an annex included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The matching Esperance 2.0 annex room is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the moonroof with the rain fly on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The clear panel in the fly lets you use the moonroof without removing the fly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight does it add to the roof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent weighs 58 kg dry. Add the rack or bars, mounts and any stored equipment when checking the driving roof load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the mattress cover washable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is removable for washing, making it easier to freshen the bed after a trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I drive at normal motorway speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent instructions set a maximum of 110 km\/h, approximately 68 mph. Follow the lower of that limit and the applicable road or vehicle limit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51710856757590,"sku":"XCTR802200V2","price":2363.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/esperance_1.webp?v=1761814006"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-decal","title":"ARB Esperance 2.0 Replacement Decal - 815429","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your Esperance looking the way it should\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA damaged exterior decal can make an otherwise serviceable tent look tired. ARB 815429 is the replacement decal for the Esperance 2.0, letting you refresh the matching marking on the tent shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS815429\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReplace the matching exterior decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose it for the Esperance 2.0 application and match the original decal position and design. It is a small replacement that helps you keep the exterior presentation tidy without changing the tent itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePrepare the surface before fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean and dry the intended surface and follow the replacement decal instructions for preparation and application. Avoid applying it over trapped dirt or damaged material that needs attention first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS815429\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e815429\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Esperance 2.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement exterior decal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this for the original Esperance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis decal is listed for Esperance 2.0. Match the tent version and original marking before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it repair the tent shell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces the exterior marking. Any shell damage needs its own assessment and repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I do before applying it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrepare a clean, dry surface and follow the decal instructions for application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51712907379030,"sku":"XCCS815429","price":76.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/decal_1.webp?v=1761819830"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-colour-coded-painting","title":"ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Shell Colour-Coding Service","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your Esperance 2 the finish that suits your vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rooftop tent can be practical and still look like it belongs on your vehicle. Our colour-coding service lets you match the ARB Esperance 2 outer shell to your vehicle's paint colour, creating a more coordinated finish than the standard dark-grey shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCSPAINTESPV2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA personal finishing touch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you have put thought into the wheels, bodywork and other accessories, the tent shell is a large visible part of the finished vehicle. Colour coding brings it into the same colour scheme, whether you prefer a discreet match or a deliberate contrast.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Esperance 2 shell is suitable for painting, and the service is specifically for that model. Your supplied vehicle paint code identifies the colour to use; colour names alone can cover several different paint formulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat the service covers\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is painting of the Esperance 2 exterior shell. The tent itself is purchased separately: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003eARB Esperance 2 rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e if you are ordering a new tent with the service. The fabric, mattress and tent accessories remain separate from the shell finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProvide the vehicle paint code with the order so we can arrange the intended colour. For an existing tent or a different finish request, speak to us before arranging the work so we can agree exactly what you want painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEnjoy the same tent with a finish you chose\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eColour coding is about appearance; it does not change the Esperance 2's sleeping space or turn it into a different tent model. You still choose the tent and its mounting arrangement for your vehicle and travel needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLook after the painted shell as you would other painted exterior surfaces, following the finish-specific care advice given with the work. Avoid abrasive cleaning and protect the finish from loose straps or equipment rubbing against it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eService\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2 outer-shell colour coding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible tent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Esperance 2 \/ 802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard shell colour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle paint code supplied by customer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWork area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExterior hard shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate purchase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEffect on tent specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAppearance customisation; no change to sleeping dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the tent included in this price?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the shell-painting service. Order the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003eEsperance 2 tent\u003c\/a\u003e separately if you need both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colour information do you need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour vehicle paint code identifies the intended colour. Give us the code when ordering, rather than relying only on a colour name.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it cover the fabric or annex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The service is for the exterior hard shell of the Esperance 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it change the size or features of the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Colour coding changes the appearance of the shell, while the tent retains its original model and layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713557889366,"sku":"XCCSPAINTESPV2","price":356.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/rooftentcolourswatches.png?v=1761814617"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-annex-room","title":"ARB Esperance 2 Annex Room - 804200V2","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive yourself somewhere private to get changed at camp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour rooftop tent looks after the sleeping space; the Esperance 2 annex gives you another room for the rest of camp life. Use it to get changed out of wet clothes, keep your personal space screened from neighbouring pitches or shelter while you sort your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804200V2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore useful space around your tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe annex extends the Esperance 2 setup with a room approximately 2.3 x 2.6m and up to 2m high. That is useful space for changing, organising equipment or creating a sheltered area beside the tent. The installed height depends on the height of the tent mounting arrangement, so allow for that when planning your campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is matched to the Esperance 2 rooftop tent, part 802200V2. See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003ematching Esperance 2 tent\u003c\/a\u003e if you are choosing both together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade to match the Esperance 2\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe grey-and-black colour scheme complements the tent, and the 200GSM poly-cotton fabric has a fire-retardant treatment. That treatment is a fabric characteristic, rather than permission to use flame or cooking equipment inside the annex. Keep cooking and heating appliances outside the enclosed fabric space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe annex is a separate accessory, so you can add the extra room when you want it and use the rooftop tent on its own for shorter stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake it work for your campsite\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePosition the vehicle so there is room to set out and secure the annex on suitable ground. Think about access to the ladder and doors, where your chairs or kitchen will sit and whether the entrance gives you the privacy you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter use, remove dirt and dry the fabric before long-term storage. Packing it away dry helps keep the room fresh for the next trip, especially after wet weather or a damp campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e804200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible tent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2 \/ 802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRoom size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 2.3 x 2.6m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approximately 2m; installation dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200GSM poly-cotton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric treatment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire retardant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey and black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate purchase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrivate changing and sheltered camp space\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rooftop tent does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 804200V2 annex is matched to the Esperance 2 \/ 802200V2. It is not a general annex for every ARB tent model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rooftop tent included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003eEsperance 2 tent\u003c\/a\u003e is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much extra room does it provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe room is approximately 2.3 x 2.6m, with a height of up to about 2m depending on the tent installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook inside it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep flame and cooking appliances outside. Fire-retardant fabric does not make an enclosed tent space safe for cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I pack it wet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you have to pack during rain, open it again and dry it fully as soon as practical. Dry it before long-term storage.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713681555798,"sku":"XCCS804200V2","price":345.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/annex_1.webp?v=1761821343"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-side-awning-kit","title":"ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent Side Awning Kit - 804510","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA little cover makes a wet morning at camp more comfortable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePutting your shoes on or climbing down the ladder is more pleasant with some cover above the tent entrance. The 804510 side awning adds that shelter to your ARB Altitude, and helps you keep airflow through the tent windows when it is raining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804510\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShelter where you enter the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning extends the cover around the entry area, useful when you are using the ladder or pausing to put footwear on. It gives the windows extra protection from rain so you have more flexibility to ventilate the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a compact tent-side accessory for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e, rather than a full ground-level living room. Use it within the tent and accessory instructions for the conditions at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMount it once, attach it when needed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo brackets and reels fit to the base shell, with rods supporting the awning. Once that mounting arrangement is installed, the awning is easy to attach and detach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore closing the tent, remove the window rods as instructed. The awning can then be packed with the tent. A dedicated carry bag is also included for storing it separately between trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd only the accessories you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the tent is mounted above the standard ladder-height range, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-tent-ladder-extension\"\u003eAltitude ladder extension\u003c\/a\u003e is another relevant accessory. Choose it by the roof-rack mounting height: the extension covers the listed range up to 2460mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet the awning dry before longer storage and inspect its rods and attachment points after use, ready for the next trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS804510\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e804510\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTent side awning kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional entrance\/ladder cover and rain-protected ventilation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo brackets and reels on tent base shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning support rods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide awning, two mounting brackets, reels, rods and dedicated carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eClosing condition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemove window rods before closing tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCan pack with tent after rod removal, or separately in supplied bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stay with the tent when I pack away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, after removing the window rods as instructed. The supplied bag also lets you store it separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it help with ventilation in the rain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adds cover around the windows, helping you keep airflow while providing extra rain shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit an Esperance or Simpson tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Altitude. Compatibility with those other tent models is not established.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the carry bag included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes a dedicated bag for separate storage or carrying in the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713736048982,"sku":"XCCS804510","price":172.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/awning_1.webp?v=1761821804"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-tent-power-harness","title":"ARB Altitude Tent Battery Power Harness to 50A Anderson - T05015","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your Altitude a properly fitted power connection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Altitude tent is most convenient when its power connection is ready to use at camp. The T05015 harness provides the front-battery-to-50A-Anderson connection listed for the ARB Altitude, allowing the electrical feed to be routed through the vehicle as part of a tidy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCST05015\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan the power feed when you fit the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun the harness in a protected position, with the correct battery connection, circuit protection and strain relief. Keeping the connection accessible makes arrival at camp simpler, while secure cable routing helps protect it from moving parts, heat and abrasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 50A description identifies the Anderson connector size. It is not a statement that the tent continually draws 50A or that the harness charges a battery at 50A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose it for the Altitude application\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the T05015 harness listed for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eARB Altitude electric rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e. Fit it as directed for the tent and vehicle power arrangement. The tent itself and any additional charging or battery equipment are separate choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA competent electrical installation is worthwhile, particularly where the cable runs from the front battery to a rear or roof-mounted connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCST05015\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT05015\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude electric rooftop tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront-battery power harness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDestination connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50A Anderson connector type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCurrent meaning\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnector size; not a continuous tent-current or charge-rate claim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtected cable routing and correct circuit protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurchase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower harness; tent and additional battery equipment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes 50A mean the tent draws 50 amps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It identifies the Anderson connector type, not the tent's continuous power draw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the rooftop tent itself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product is the T05015 power harness for the Altitude application. The tent is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be installed from the front battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is the application described for this harness. Use the correct protected wiring arrangement for your vehicle and tent.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713741816150,"sku":"XCCST05015","price":204.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-tent-external-organiser","title":"ARB Altitude External Tent Organiser - 804560","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeave your shoes outside and keep the sleeping area clean\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMuddy shoes are easier to deal with when they do not come into the tent with you. The ARB Altitude External Organiser gives shoes and small camping items a covered place beside the doorway, helping you keep the sleeping area clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804560\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReach it as you enter or leave\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe organiser hooks over the Altitude base shell for access beside either side door. Two internal shelves provide room for two pairs of shoes or suitable small items, so you can keep the things you use at the doorway together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCanvas protection beside the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 380GSM canvas helps protect contents from the elements while they are stored outside. Position the organiser correctly and follow the tent instructions for external accessories and packing away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose it for your Altitude\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is an accessory for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e, with a mounting arrangement matched to that base shell. Other tent models have their own storage and accessory fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS804560\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e804560\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380GSM canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExample capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo pairs of shoes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHooks over the Altitude base shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioned beside either side doorway\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I reach it from the tent doorway?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts mounting position is intended to give easy access when entering or leaving through either side door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many shoes can it store?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two-shelf arrangement accommodates two pairs of shoes or suitable small camping items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit an Esperance tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis organiser is designed for the Altitude base-shell arrangement. Choose accessories matched to the particular tent model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stay fitted when packing the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the Altitude packing instructions and remove or stow external accessories as directed before operating or closing the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713782710614,"sku":"XCCS804560","price":73.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/shoes.webp?v=1761822122"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-roof-cross-bar-kit","title":"ARB Altitude Thule Roof Cross Bar Kit - 804530","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarry your lighter gear on top of your Altitude\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRecovery boards, skis or fishing rods do not need to compete with everything else inside your vehicle. This Altitude-specific Thule cross bar kit gives suitable light equipment a mounting place above the tent, using the integrated roof rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804530\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUse the space above the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bars span the Altitude roof and clamp around its integrated rails. They give compatible accessory mounts a place to sit, helping keep long or awkward light items out of the cabin. Choose the correct holders for your equipment and secure each item properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA kit made for the Altitude rails\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the ARB 804530 Thule cross bar arrangement for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eAltitude rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e. The foot clamps attach to the tent's integrated rails. Match any T-slot accessories to the bar profile and fixing requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarry light equipment and still enjoy easy setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof bars have a maximum payload of 20 kg, evenly distributed. Suitable light equipment can stay securely mounted while the Altitude opens and closes, provided it stays clear of the mechanism and moving fabric. That means less to unload when you arrive. Use matching holders and restraints, and keep the complete tent installation within your vehicle and roof mounting limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS804530\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer kit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB 804530\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCross bar manufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThule\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent integrated roof rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKit arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo bars and matching foot pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamps around integrated tent rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory attachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible bar-profile\/T-slot mounts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum Altitude roof load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg payload, evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEquipment examples\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable recovery boards, skis and fishing rods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich tent does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the Altitude-specific 804530 kit for the tent's integrated roof rails. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eAltitude tent\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable lighter equipment such as recovery boards, skis or fishing rods, using the right accessory holders and restraints. Keep the complete fitted load within the 20 kg roof allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can I carry on top?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof bars have a 20 kg payload limit, with the load evenly distributed and properly secured. Use suitable holders for your equipment and respect the vehicle and tent mounting limits as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I fit accessories to the bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose mounts that match the Thule bar profile and their fixing instructions. A shared T-slot description alone does not establish that every accessory fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I open the tent with equipment on the bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Altitude is designed to operate with a suitable load on top within its 20 kg limit. Secure it evenly and check that the equipment and mounts stay clear of the opening mechanism and fabric throughout the movement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713794572630,"sku":"XCCS804530","price":473.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/cross_bar_1.webp?v=1761822265"},{"product_id":"arb-simpson-iii-rooftop-tent-annex","title":"ARB Simpson III Rooftop Tent with Annex | 803103","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA comfortable place to sleep, with more room to enjoy camp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePark up, open the tent and make yourself at home. The ARB Simpson III gives two people an elevated sleeping area, with an included mattress, ladder and annex to make camp more comfortable from the first trip. The annex adds useful sheltered space below, while the tent keeps your bed above the ground and leaves the vehicle interior available for your equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCT803103\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA bed waiting above your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent unfolds into a 1400 x 2400 mm sleeping area with 1300 mm of open height. That gives two people a defined place to sleep without using the seats or rebuilding a bed inside the vehicle each night. Bedding can stay in the folded tent where there is enough space to close it properly; bulky pillows may need to travel separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore space for the rest of camp\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included annex is useful for getting changed, keeping boots and equipment out of the sleeping area, or creating a more private space beside the vehicle. It packs into its own storage bag. Choose where the tent opens so the ladder and annex suit the way you want to use the campsite and access the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFresh air without inviting the insects in\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRipstop polycotton tent fabric, a separate flysheet and insect screens help you enjoy the surroundings while keeping the sleeping area enclosed. Open the screened panels for airflow and a view, or close the outer fabric for more privacy. Ventilation also helps manage the moisture that people bring into an enclosed sleeping space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSmall details you appreciate every day\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo elevated shoe pockets keep footwear close without putting muddy soles on the mattress. Internal storage gives keys and other small items a proper place, while the laminated travel cover protects the packed tent between campsites. The ladder acts as the opening lever, and internal bungees help draw the fabric in when you fold the tent away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the opening direction before fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSide opening and rear opening give you different campsite layouts. Rear opening can interfere with a high-rising tailgate, and ARB's fitting guide requires trimming the mounting extrusions for that orientation. A side-opening installation can leave rear access clearer. The mounting arrangement, ladder reach and annex height must suit the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a roof and rack system rated for the complete travelling load, including the tent, mounting parts and any equipment above it. Occupied camping loads also need to be within the support system's limits. The ladder must be positioned correctly to support the opened tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet the fabric and annex dry before longer-term storage. If you have to pack them wet to leave a campsite, reopen them to dry as soon as practical. Clear loose grit from the mattress area and inspect the cover, ladder and fixings regularly so the tent is ready for the next weekend away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimpson III rooftop tent and annex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e803103\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCT803103\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSleeping capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpen tent dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 W x 2400 L x 1300 H mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFolded floor dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRipstop polycotton with insect screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeather cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate flysheet; laminated travel cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded camping equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMattress, ladder, annex, annex storage bag; elevated shoe pockets and internal storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLadder rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg; ladder-user rating, not an occupied-tent load rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatched roof\/rack support; opening direction and ladder reach selected for the vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the annex included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Simpson III package includes the annex and its storage bag, giving you a separate space for changing and keeping equipment below the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave bedding inside when packing away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBedding can stay where it fits without forcing the tent closed. Bulky pillows may need removing so the fabric and travel cover close properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould it open over the side or the rear?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose around access to the vehicle and the space you want at camp. Rear opening can restrict a rising tailgate and requires the mounting-rail preparation described in the fitting guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a mattress and ladder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both are supplied, so the main sleeping and access equipment is part of the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if I have to pack the tent away wet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReopen the tent and annex to dry as soon as practical. Dry storage helps prevent moisture remaining in the folded fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51714142863702,"sku":"XCT803103","price":1334.21,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xct803103_1.webp?v=1761823816"},{"product_id":"arb-flinders-rooftop-tent","title":"ARB Flinders Rooftop Tent for Two with Ladder and Light - 803300","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA comfortable night at camp, without a bulky tent on the drive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePull up somewhere you want to stay, unfold the Flinders and settle into a proper bed above the ground. This two-person ARB rooftop tent combines a 50 mm mattress, useful ventilation and built-in lighting with a low packed profile, making it an appealing choice for weekends away and longer touring trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCTR803300\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLess work when you arrive and when you leave\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe zipped cover stays attached while you open the tent with the ladder. Internal poles fan into place and extendable poles support the openings, so you can spend more time enjoying camp. Two internal bungee lines help draw the fabric in when folding it away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA comfortable bed with room to relax\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sleeping area measures 2400 x 1400 mm, with 1200 mm centre headroom. The included 50 mm high-density foam mattress gives you a comfortable place to turn in from the first trip. Compact bedding can stay inside when packed; remove bulky items such as pillows if they prevent a clean fold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFresh air and a view from your bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree surrounding windows, the entrance and a skylight bring light and airflow into the tent. Midge-proof mesh helps keep insects outside, while window and entrance awnings offer shelter. The integrated vent helps manage moisture, particularly when you keep ventilation open overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful details once the sun goes down\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn LED touch lamp saves you searching for a torch, and two USB charging points keep compatible devices close to the bed when connected to a 12 V supply. Four storage pockets and shoe pockets give small items a sensible home. The light kit includes a 5 m extension cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA lower profile for the journey\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe packed tent is 1400 x 1200 mm and 200 mm high without the ladder attached, or 300 mm with it. That lower profile helps reduce drag and overall vehicle height. The ladder, light kit and mounting hardware are included; fit to a suitable rated roof system and include the tent and mounting equipment in your vehicle roof calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR803300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e803300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSleeping area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400 L x 1400 W mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCentre headroom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePacked footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePacked height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm without ladder; 300 mm with ladder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNet tent weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm high-density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody fabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePU-coated polycotton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm anodised aluminium poles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpenings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree surrounding windows, entrance and skylight; midge-proof mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVentilation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated vent and opening mesh panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED touch lamp; vehicle 12 V supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUSB charging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 ports; 5 V \/ 1 A and 5 V \/ 2.1 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour internal pockets and shoe pockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTent, mattress, ladder, light kit, 5 m extension cable and mounting kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLadder packaging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied in a separate carton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstruction speed limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 km\/h maximum; follow any lower vehicle\/rack limits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStatic tent capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg; vehicle and mounting-system limits also apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Flinders includes the mattress, ladder, internal light kit, 5 m lighting extension cable and mounting hardware. The ladder comes in a separate carton, so keep both cartons together when preparing for fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave bedding inside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompact bedding can stay inside, saving time at camp. The low packed height limits how much will fit; remove pillows or bulky bedding if they prevent the tent closing properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much room is there for two people?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bed area is 2400 x 1400 mm, with 1200 mm centre headroom. That gives two people a useful sleeping space, with room to sit up near the centre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the light work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LED touch lamp and two USB points connect to your vehicle's 12 V supply. The included extension cable helps reach a suitable power connection. The USB ports have different current ratings: 1 A and 2.1 A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat roof rack do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a compatible rack or roof-bar system rated for the complete installation. Check driving and parked loads separately, including the tent, mounts, people and equipment. The fitting guide identifies specific BASE Rack tent brackets for that mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVentilate it during use and let the fabric dry thoroughly before long-term storage. Check mountings, the ladder and fabric regularly, and follow the fitting guide, including its 110 km\/h maximum travel speed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51714174878038,"sku":"XCTR803300","price":799.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xctr803300_1.webp?v=1761824187"},{"product_id":"hoonies-adrenaline-embroidered-key-chain","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline Embroidered Keyring with Partner Logos","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA little Hoonies, every time you grab the keys.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur embroidered fabric keyring is a small detail you will use every day. Gold Hoonies lettering sits between the partner logos, with a long fabric tab that is easy to spot and grab when you are heading out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA simple gift for someone who loves their car\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe keyring takes its shape from aviation-style fabric tags, with a metal eyelet and ring at one end. At approximately 3 × 13 cm, the tag adds something distinctive to a set of keys while staying soft in your hand. It is an easy little extra for a Hoonies fan, with no clothing size to get right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the keys you use every day\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fabric tab is easy to hold, with an eyelet securing the metal ring at one end. It brings a little colour and stitched detail to your keys, whether they belong to your daily driver or the car you save for the weekend.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmbroidered Hoonies and partner logos on a fabric key tag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmbroidered fabric tab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 3 × 13 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal eyelet and keyring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies and partner logos; aviation-style tag shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne fabric keyring with metal ring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpot clean the fabric gently and allow it to dry. Avoid pulling at the embroidered threads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with the metal keyring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric tag has a metal eyelet and an attached ring for your keys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow big is the fabric tag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 3 cm wide and 13 cm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it say “Remove Before Flight”?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses that familiar aviation-style tag shape, with Hoonies and partner-logo embroidery. The photos show the design you will receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hoonies-adrenaline-embroidered-patch\"\u003eWant Hoonies on your bag too? See our embroidered shield patch.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51714792980822,"sku":null,"price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/keyring2_c5394ac1-e5e5-429b-984f-a18137a2ba9e.png?v=1761828637"},{"product_id":"performance-thermostat-kit-ford-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline Performance Thermostat Kit – Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 (2022–2025) Engine Cooling Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePerformance Thermostat Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 (2022–2025)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow This Thermostat Kit Enhances Engine Cooling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hoonies Adrenaline Performance Thermostat Kit is engineered for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol (2022–2025), providing a direct-fit solution for owners who demand reliable engine cooling under tough conditions. By opening at a lower temperature than the factory thermostat, this kit allows coolant to circulate sooner, helping to stabilise engine temperatures during aggressive driving, towing, or off-road use. This is especially important for vehicles with performance upgrades or those regularly exposed to high thermal loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Engine Heat Issues in the Ranger Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh engine temperatures are a common challenge for Ranger Raptor owners who push their vehicles on rugged terrain, tow heavy loads, or run performance modifications. Heat soak can lead to reduced power, increased wear, and even limit the effectiveness of ECU tuning. The Hoonies Adrenaline kit directly addresses these issues by enabling earlier coolant flow, reducing the risk of thermal stress and supporting consistent power delivery, even in the harshest environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Should Choose This Thermostat Kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners of Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol (2022–2025) seeking improved cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers who regularly tow, haul, or operate in hot climates\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnthusiasts with ECU tuning or engine modifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-roaders who demand stable engine performance on challenging trails\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone wanting to reduce the risk of heat-related engine issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy choosing this exact Hoonies Adrenaline kit, you ensure precise fitment and compatibility with your Raptor’s engine, avoiding the guesswork of universal solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for Ranger Raptor Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnables earlier coolant circulation for improved thermal management\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps prevent engine heat soak and supports consistent performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect-fit replacement—no modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports more aggressive tuning by keeping engine temperatures under control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes all required components for straightforward installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Thermostat Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 Petrol (2022–2025)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermostat Opening Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpens at a lower temperature than factory (factory opens at 106°C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect replacement, includes required fitment parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine cooling system upgrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for straightforward installation on the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol (2022–2025). Only basic hand tools are needed, and no special modifications are required. Always ensure the engine is cool before beginning work, and follow manufacturer procedures for draining and refilling coolant. This upgrade is suitable for confident DIYers as well as professional workshops. For those with heavily tuned engines, consider pairing this kit with additional cooling upgrades for maximum benefit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this thermostat kit help my Ranger Raptor’s engine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt allows coolant to circulate earlier, reducing engine temperatures and helping to prevent heat soak—especially valuable under heavy loads or spirited driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this kit compatible with all 2022–2025 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is specifically engineered for the 3.0L V6 petrol variant from 2022 to 2025. It is not suitable for other engines or model years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install the kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is manageable for those with basic mechanical skills and tools. If you are unsure, professional installation is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this thermostat affect my vehicle warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModifying the cooling system may impact warranty coverage. Consult your vehicle manufacturer or dealer before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need other cooling upgrades with this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most applications, this kit alone is sufficient. For heavily modified engines, pairing with upgraded radiators or cooling components can further enhance performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this kit suitable for off-road and towing use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed to support stable engine temperatures in demanding conditions, making it ideal for off-road adventures and towing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51743937102166,"sku":null,"price":99.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_cb835a26-1b9d-47d4-8424-40dc4ed9706c.webp?v=1762113148"},{"product_id":"rhino-metalworkz-billet-aluminium-16-tonne-hitch-slider","title":"Rhino Metalworkz 6.8T-Rated Billet Hitch Slider | 16.8T MBS","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Rhino Metalworkz Hitch Slider combines rear protection with a central recovery point for vehicles fitted with a standard 2-inch receiver. It is CNC machined in the UK from a single billet of 7075-T6 aluminium, finished in Cerakote and shaped to slide over obstacles rather than dig in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum rated load: 6.8 tonnes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum breaking strength: 16.8 tonnes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits standard 2-inch receiver hitches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-piece 7075-T6 billet aluminium construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAngled lower face for rear protection over obstacles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge central recovery point; Rhino recommends soft shackles exclusively\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCerakote industrial finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnique UV laser-engraved serial number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK designed and manufactured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSetup And Recovery Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm that the vehicle has a compatible 2-inch receiver and that the receiver, fixing points and every item in the recovery system are rated for the planned load. The 16.8-tonne figure is the minimum breaking strength, not the working rating; the product maximum rated load is 6.8 tonnes. Use soft shackles as recommended by Rhino.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRhino Metalworkz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHitch slider and rear recovery point\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7075-T6 billet aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Rated Load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 tonnes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Breaking Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.8 tonnes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReceiver Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 2-inch receiver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCerakote industrial coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnited Kingdom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSerialisation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnique UV laser-engraved serial number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it rated to 16.8 tonnes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Rhino states a 6.8-tonne maximum rated load and a separate 16.8-tonne minimum breaking strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich shackles should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRhino recommends using soft shackles exclusively with the integrated recovery point.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Metalworkz","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":51753048473942,"sku":null,"price":195.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"USMC Red","offer_id":51753048506710,"sku":null,"price":195.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hunter Orange","offer_id":51753048539478,"sku":null,"price":195.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"NRA Blue","offer_id":51753048572246,"sku":null,"price":195.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1.heic?v=1762194010"},{"product_id":"rhino-metalworkz-billet-aluminium-tie-down-2-pack","title":"Rhino Metalworkz Billet Aluminium Tie Down (2 Pack) - Premium Truck Bed Anchor Points","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRhino Metalworkz Billet Aluminium Tie Down: Secure Load Anchoring for Trucks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rhino Metalworkz Billet Aluminium Tie Down (2 Pack) is engineered for truck owners who demand reliable, robust anchoring solutions for their cargo. Manufactured by Rhino Metalworkz, these tie downs combine precision CNC machining with a durable cerakote finish, offering both strength and corrosion resistance for demanding environments. Designed to bolt directly to OEM tie down mounting points, they provide a premium upgrade for securing loads in your truck bed or for custom mounting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Billet Aluminium Tie Down Improves Cargo Security\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis tie down set is designed to deliver secure fastening points for your gear, tools, or expedition equipment. By replacing or supplementing factory tie downs, it helps reduce the risk of cargo shifting during transport—essential for off-road, trade, or adventure use. The CNC-machined billet aluminium construction ensures high strength, while the cerakote finish adds a layer of protection against the elements, making these tie downs suitable for harsh outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTypical Use Cases and Vehicle Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for truck owners who regularly carry heavy loads, overland gear, or need flexible tie down options. These tie downs are especially useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecuring recovery equipment, toolboxes, or camping gear in the bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding anchor points for custom storage solutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrading factory tie downs for improved durability and aesthetics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom mounting to T-track rails or other flat surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirmed OEM fitment includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Ranger Raptor (2022–2025)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Ranger (2012–2025)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a universal design, these tie downs can also be installed on other vehicles or surfaces by drilling new mounting holes or using T-track hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Rhino Metalworkz Billet Aluminium Tie Down\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision CNC machined for consistent strength and fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced cerakote finish enhances corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e28mm x 143mm base footprint for stable mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with M10 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible mounting slot (95–105mm between centres)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a pair in a presentation box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports both OEM and custom mounting applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Material Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach tie down is CNC machined from billet aluminium, ensuring a precise fit and high structural integrity. The cerakote finish provides a premium look while delivering long-lasting protection against corrosion, abrasion, and UV exposure. This combination makes the tie downs suitable for both daily use and demanding off-road conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Customisation Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward for vehicles with compatible OEM tie down points—simply bolt the tie downs into place using M10 hardware. For custom applications, the mounting slot allows flexibility in positioning, and the tie downs can be fitted to T-track rails or any flat surface with suitable fasteners. Custom colour options are available via back order; refer to the manufacturer's colour guide for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRhino Metalworkz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet Aluminium Tie Down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Tie Downs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCNC Machined Billet Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCerakote\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28mm x 143mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccepts M10 Bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Slot Centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95–105mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOEM Fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor (2022–2025), Ford Ranger (2012–2025)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCustom Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with T-track and universal applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles are these tie downs designed to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are designed to bolt directly to OEM tie down points on Ford Ranger Raptor (2022–2025) and Ford Ranger (2012–2025). They can also be custom mounted to other vehicles or surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes two billet aluminium tie downs, supplied in a presentation box. Mounting hardware is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install these tie downs on other vehicles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the universal design allows for custom installation on most flat surfaces or T-track rails using suitable hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre custom colours available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, custom cerakote colour options are available on back order. Refer to the manufacturer's colour guide for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main benefits of billet aluminium and cerakote finish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBillet aluminium offers high strength and durability, while the cerakote finish provides superior corrosion resistance and a premium appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs installation reversible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen mounted to OEM points, installation is fully reversible with no permanent modification to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Metalworkz","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":51754689200470,"sku":null,"price":120.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"USMC Red","offer_id":51754689233238,"sku":null,"price":120.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hunter Orange","offer_id":51754689266006,"sku":null,"price":120.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"NRA Blue","offer_id":51754689298774,"sku":null,"price":120.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/variant-orange.webp?v=1762202864"},{"product_id":"arb-slimline-100-12v-100ah-lithium-iron-phosphate-battery","title":"ARB Slimline 100 Lithium Battery | 100Ah | SLB100A40","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your camping equipment powered without giving up useful space\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCold food, camp lighting and charged devices make a trip away easier to enjoy. The ARB Slimline 100 puts 100 Ah of lithium battery capacity and a 40 A DC-DC charger into a case only 50 mm deep, giving you more freedom to find a useful place for it inside the vehicle. It is a compact auxiliary-power option for equipment you want to run while camped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XEBSLB100A40\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA slim case that is easier to find room for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 712 x 266 x 50 mm, the battery can fit into spaces that are awkward for a conventional battery box. The integrated charger also avoids needing a separate DC-DC unit beside it. The four reinforced mounting holes provide fixing points, with the mounting location and vehicle bracket selected around a secure, clean and dry installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCharge from the vehicle or suitable solar equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe built-in 40 A charger accepts a correctly wired alternator input and includes MPPT control for a suitable solar input. Standard and smart-alternator systems are supported with the appropriate wiring. When both inputs qualify for charging, the alternator takes priority; they are not added together as one combined charging current.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable solar panel can help replenish energy while parked, with the result depending on the panel, sun and electrical installation. Charging does not guarantee unlimited runtime for the equipment connected to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKnow what power you have available\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bluetooth app gives access to battery state of charge, voltage, current and diagnostic information. You can see how your equipment is using power instead of judging only by whether it is still running. Status lights and a master switch are provided on the unit itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the electrical load to the battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe battery has a nominal 12.8 V, 100 Ah capacity, equivalent to 1280 Wh. Nominal discharge is 100 A at 25 degrees C, with a maximum of 200 A for 20 minutes and a 350 A peak for five seconds. Those short-duration limits are not continuous operating ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEquipment that needs mains power requires a suitable separate inverter, with correctly sized cables and protection. Battery runtime depends on usable energy, the equipment's demand and charging conditions; nominal capacity alone is not a promise of a particular number of hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProtection built into the battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe battery management system monitors voltage, temperature and current, with protections for abnormal conditions and cell balancing. Charging is suspended when the cells are too cold, then resumes when they warm sufficiently. The replaceable 300 A Mega fuse has an inspection window, making it easier to check without dismantling the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatching mounting options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a Ranger Double Cab from 2023 onwards, our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-slimline-battery-mounting-kit-ford-ranger-2023-onwards-double-cab\"\u003eSlimline battery mounting kit\u003c\/a\u003e is the vehicle-specific option to consider. For a compatible drawer installation, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-slimline-battery-universal-underdrawer-mount-bracket\"\u003eunder-drawer mounting bracket\u003c\/a\u003e offers a different way to use the available space. Both are separate mounting accessories, selected for the actual installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Slimline battery is for a clean, dry location inside the vehicle. It is not an under-bonnet battery or an exposed external mounting solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSLB100A40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXEBSLB100A40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBattery chemistry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLithium iron phosphate (LiFePO4), prismatic cells\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSystem \/ nominal voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V system \/ 12.8 V nominal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNominal capacity \/ energy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 Ah \/ 1280 Wh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e712 L x 266 W x 50 D mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIntegrated charging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 A DC-DC; MPPT solar control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInput priority\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlternator priority when both inputs qualify\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard discharge rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNominal discharge rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 A at 25 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum discharge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 A for 20 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePeak discharge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 A for 5 seconds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInternal fuse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplaceable 300 A Mega fuse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMonitoring\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth app; state of charge, voltage, current and diagnostics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation environment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClean, dry interior location; not under bonnet or exposed outside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 reinforced mounting holes; vehicle bracket and wiring selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need a separate DC-DC charger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 40 A DC-DC charger is built into the battery, with MPPT control for a suitable solar input. The installation still needs correctly rated wiring, protection and mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the alternator and solar charge it at the same time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit accepts both input types, but the alternator has priority when both qualify. Do not add the two sources together as a combined charging-current rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I mount it under the bonnet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose a clean, dry location inside the vehicle. It is not designed for under-bonnet or exposed external installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it run a 230 V appliance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat needs a separate inverter suited to the appliance and this battery's discharge limits, with correctly sized cables and protection. The 200 A and 350 A figures are time-limited ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it charge in freezing conditions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe battery protects its cells by suspending charging when they are too cold. Charging resumes once the cells have warmed sufficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat helps the battery last through a trip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePre-charge it, understand the equipment's demand, monitor state of charge and provide suitable alternator or solar replenishment. The right usable energy reserve depends on what you run and for how long.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51764337475926,"sku":"XEBSLB100A40","price":1202.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/slimline_1.webp?v=1762297018"},{"product_id":"arb-zero-dual-zone-bluetooth-fridge-freezer-69l","title":"ARB ZERO 69L Dual-Zone Fridge Freezer - 10802693","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your drinks cold and your favourite meals ready for the trip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARB ZERO 69L lets you carry chilled food and frozen meals in the same unit, with separate temperature control for its two compartments. It gives you more freedom over what you eat on a trip, without working around melting ice or needing a second fridge for the freezer items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCF6910802693K\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack for the meals you want\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse one zone for chilled food and drinks and the other for frozen supplies. Removable baskets help organise the contents and make room for taller items. You can prepare meals before you leave and keep everyday snacks accessible along the way, rather than relying on whatever happens to be available at the next stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 69-litre capacity can hold up to 87 standard 375 ml cans, giving you a useful sense of its size. How much you can pack depends on the food, containers and way you divide the two compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePower it at home and on the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ZERO runs from 12\/24 V DC or 100-240 V AC. Pre-cool it at home, then use an appropriate vehicle or auxiliary power supply for the journey. Front and rear DC sockets give you more flexibility in cable routing; the AC inlet is at the front. A battery or portable power pack is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eControl the temperature without unpacking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the front control panel or a compatible Bluetooth device to manage the temperature. Boost mode helps with initial cooling, while a quick-release lid arrangement allows you to change the opening side to suit the vehicle layout. The USB outlet provides a convenient connection for charging a small device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReach your fridge from the tailgate\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fridge measures 755 x 469 x 564 mm and weighs 31 kg empty. Allow space for ventilation, the lid opening and cable access as well as the case itself. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-zero-fridge-slide-for-60l-69l-73l\"\u003eZERO 60L, 69L and 73L fridge slide\u003c\/a\u003e can bring it out of the load area, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-fridge-zero-tie-down-kit-xcfa10900046\"\u003eZERO tie-down kit\u003c\/a\u003e secures it to the appropriate ZERO slide. Both are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProtect it between trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe steel casing and corner protection suit a fridge that travels with the rest of your equipment. A \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-fridge-zero-transit-bag-xcfa3610900055ps?variant=53999071363414\"\u003e69L ZERO transit bag\u003c\/a\u003e adds a fitted protective cover without blocking the controls. Clean spills promptly, keep the vents clear and dry the interior before longer storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompartments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo independently controlled temperature zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCooling range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-22 C to +10 C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 x 469 x 564 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEmpty weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\/24 V DC or 100-240 V AC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eControls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront panel and compatible Bluetooth device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10802693\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCasing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with full-height protective corner mouldings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInternal storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable baskets for organising contents and accommodating taller items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCooling controls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront panel, compatible Bluetooth device and Boost mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDC connections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront and rear DC sockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAC connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront AC inlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLid arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-release arrangement allows the opening side to be changed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUSB outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutlet for charging a small device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer warranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCan-capacity reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87 x 375 ml cans; actual packing depends on contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCF6910802693K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be a fridge and freezer at the same time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The two zones have independent temperature control, so one can chill while the other freezes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It needs an external AC or DC power supply. Choose an appropriate auxiliary battery or power pack for use when the vehicle is parked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long will it run on my battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on usable battery capacity, temperature settings, ambient heat, ventilation and how often the lids are opened. Size the power system for your trip rather than relying on one fixed runtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the 69L fit the smaller ZERO slide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the slide specified for ZERO 60L, 69L and 73L models, linked above. The smaller-model slide is a different product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its 100-240 V AC input makes home pre-cooling and powered-campsite use straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51792551772502,"sku":"XCF6910802693K","price":1531.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/variant-69L.webp?v=1762892420"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-kit-toyota-land-cruiser-vdj79-series-4-5l-v8-single-dual2016-2025","title":"Manta VDJ79 Series Performance Exhaust Kit – Toyota Land Cruiser 4.5L V8 (2016–2025)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust Kit for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUnlocking the Potential of Your VDJ79 Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is purpose-built for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Single and Dual Cab (2016–2025). Designed to replace the restrictive factory exhaust, this system helps owners seeking more responsive power delivery, a richer exhaust note, and improved efficiency—whether for heavy-duty towing, remote touring, or demanding off-road use. Manta’s reputation for robust, stainless steel construction and precise fitment ensures this kit is a trusted upgrade for serious Land Cruiser builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Manta Exhaust Kit Improves Your Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard exhaust on the VDJ79 Series is engineered for emissions and noise control, which can limit performance and responsiveness. The Manta kit addresses these limitations by reducing back pressure and optimising exhaust gas flow. This upgrade is especially valuable for drivers who:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRegularly tow heavy loads or operate in challenging off-road environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWant a more assertive exhaust sound and improved throttle response\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlan further performance modifications (such as intake or ECU tuning)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeek a durable, corrosion-resistant solution for harsh conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many owners, the result is a more engaging driving experience and a Land Cruiser that feels less restricted, particularly under load or during overtaking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between DPF-Back and Turbo-Back Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta VDJ79 kit is available in two primary configurations, each with distinct benefits and considerations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDPF-Back:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces the exhaust system from the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) rearwards. This option is typically compliant with road regulations and does not require ECU changes. It offers a noticeable improvement in exhaust note and modest gains in responsiveness, making it suitable for daily-driven vehicles or those needing to retain emissions equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurbo-Back:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces the entire exhaust system from the turbocharger outlet. This maximises exhaust flow and sound, but requires ECU recalibration to disable DPF-related functions. Turbo-back systems are intended for off-road or motorsport use only, as they may not comply with on-road emissions laws. This option is best for dedicated off-road builds or competition vehicles where maximum performance is the priority.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers should select the configuration that matches their intended use and local compliance requirements. If in doubt, consult a qualified installer or local authority before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for VDJ79 Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered specifically for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 (2016–2025)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChoice of DPF-back (road-oriented) or turbo-back (off-road\/race) setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple pipe diameters (3\" to 4\") to tailor exhaust flow and sound\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConstructed from stainless steel for long-term durability and corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports further performance upgrades and heavy-duty use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Durability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManta exhaust systems are manufactured from high-grade stainless steel, ensuring resistance to rust and damage from mud, water crossings, and road debris. The robust design is intended for the harshest Australian and international conditions, making it a reliable choice for overland expeditions, commercial fleets, and enthusiast builds alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes all required hardware for installation. While experienced owners may install a DPF-back system with standard tools, turbo-back configurations require ECU recalibration and are best handled by professionals familiar with performance diesel systems. Always verify local regulations regarding exhaust modifications—especially for turbo-back systems, which are not road legal in many regions. For UK buyers, pricing includes customs and VAT charges for a seamless purchase experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Single\/Dual Cab (2016–2025)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-back, Turbo-back (off-road\/race use only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe Sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" to 4\" (varies by selection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – Manta VDJ79 Series Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between DPF-back and turbo-back configurations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDPF-back systems are suitable for most road-driven vehicles and retain emissions compliance. Turbo-back systems maximise flow and sound but require ECU recalibration and are intended for off-road or motorsport use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust kit fit both single and dual cab VDJ79 models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the kit is designed for both single and dual cab Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series (2016–2025).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat performance improvements can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost users experience improved throttle response and a deeper exhaust note. Power and efficiency gains depend on configuration, supporting modifications, and driving style. For specific figures, consult your installer or tuner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs ECU tuning always required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eECU recalibration is only required for turbo-back systems to disable DPF functions. DPF-back systems typically do not need tuning, but may benefit from it for optimal results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperienced DIYers may install DPF-back systems with standard tools. Turbo-back installations and ECU recalibration should be performed by professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the exhaust road legal in my country?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegality varies by region and configuration. DPF-back systems are generally compliant, while turbo-back systems are for off-road\/race use only. Always check local laws before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844231510,"sku":"SSMKTY0192","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844264278,"sku":"SSMKTY0193","price":2299.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844297046,"sku":"SSMKTY0124","price":1799.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844329814,"sku":"SSMKTY0125","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844362582,"sku":"SSMKTY0126","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844428118,"sku":"SSMKTY0130","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844526422,"sku":"SSMKTY0194","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844559190,"sku":"SSMKTY0195","price":2099.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844591958,"sku":"SSMKTY0127","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844624726,"sku":"SSMKTY0128","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844657494,"sku":"SSMKTY0129","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844723030,"sku":"SSMKTY0132","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844755798,"sku":"SSMKTY0133","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844821334,"sku":"SSMKTY0191","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844886870,"sku":"SSMKTY0123","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844985174,"sku":"SSMKTY0134","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/79_Product_Single_Dual_Cab_Image_1_2016-ON.png?v=1764779530"},{"product_id":"arb-brushless-compressor-12v","title":"ARB CKBLTA12 Brushless Twin On-Board Air Compressor - 12V","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAir up faster and get on with your trip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA permanent air supply makes tyre-pressure changes easier to fit into every off-road trip. The ARB CKBLTA12 brushless twin gives you high airflow on board, so you can air down for the trail and inflate for the road without unpacking a separate compressor case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAACCKBLTA12\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore airflow when you need to air up\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe brushless motor arrangement delivers 260 L\/min of free air at 0 kPa and 176 L\/min at 200 kPa. Free-air output is 50% higher than the corresponding ARB brushed twin compressor. Actual tyre-filling time depends on tyre size, starting pressure and valve restriction, but the extra airflow is useful when you have several tyres to fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReady in the vehicle when you need it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA fixed compressor keeps your air supply in the vehicle, ready for a tyre-inflation hose or a properly connected Air Locker system. This twin delivers 176 L\/min at 200 kPa, compared with 88 L\/min from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-brushless-single-portable-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKBLP12 brushless portable single\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin when you want that higher airflow and a permanent installation; choose the portable kit when taking the compressor between suitable 12 V vehicles is more useful to you. The portable single includes its carry case and inflation hose. This on-board twin needs a separately purchased hose and, for Air Lockers, the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling and control that work with the conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eElectronic speed control responds to pressure, temperature and supply voltage. Active cooling fans continue after the compressor stops until it has cooled. Built-in protection monitors voltage changes, over-current and motor stall, with audio and visual diagnostics to help identify a problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for a permanent installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStaggered motor starting reduces the initial electrical surge. Quick-release mounts make fitting and removal easier, and the onboard design removes the need for external switching relays. If voltage falls too far, the system can shut one motor down and continue at reduced output. The 7.2 kg kit is compact at 210 x 280 x 100 mm, giving you more mounting options when space is tight. Choose the position for proper cooling and access to the filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd the equipment you will use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor Air Locker operation, add the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB 171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e and correct locker plumbing and controls. A suitable inflation hose and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-digital-tyre-inflator\"\u003edigital tyre inflator\u003c\/a\u003e complete a useful tyre-inflation setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUse it within its rated conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CKBLTA12 has a 100% duty-cycle rating at 22 degrees C. Plan the fused high-current electrical supply and mounting position for cooling, service access and protected wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAACCKBLTA12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKBLTA12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin brushless on-board\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V; operating range 11.5-15 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFree-air flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 L\/min at 0 kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoaded flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e176 L\/min at 200 kPa \/ 29 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCurrent at 0 kPa\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCurrent at 200 kPa\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDuty cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% at 22 degrees C and 200 kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePressure switch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 psi on \/ 150 psi off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCooling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActive fan cooling, including after-run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDiagnostics\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAudio and visual status alerts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage, over-current and motor-stall monitoring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting \/ supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-release fixed mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir Locker manifold\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e171503 purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTyre hose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKit weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompressor dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 L x 280 W x 100 H mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 A per motor; 90 A combined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMotor fuse rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 A per motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum ambient temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 degrees C; follow installation cooling requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is brushless different from the brushed version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe brushless motor has no carbon brushes to wear out and gives 50% more free-air output than the corresponding ARB brushed model. It also adds electronic control, active cooling and diagnostics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the quoted airflow the tyre-filling rate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 260 L\/min figure is free air at 0 kPa. At 200 kPa, output is 176 L\/min. Tyre valves and increasing pressure affect actual filling speed, so compare figures measured at the same pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it for ARB Air Lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e and the correct air lines, solenoids and controls. The twin's extra flow is useful for tyre inflation as well as providing locker air.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy do the fans keep running after I switch it off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey continue cooling the compressor after use. Leave power connected as directed until the cooling cycle finishes, rather than packing away a hot unit immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it run continuously?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has a 100% duty-cycle rating at 22 degrees C and 200 kPa. Give it the correct electrical supply and cooling airflow. At more demanding temperatures or pressures, the electronic protection can reduce output or stop a motor when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat else should I buy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the correct mounting arrangement, inflation hose and inflator for tyre use. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e when fitting Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922398806358,"sku":"XAACCKBLTA12","price":622.81,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Brushless1.png?v=1763754341"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 300-600 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your loaded Ranger more comfortable to drive.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA canopy, drawers and regularly carried gear add weight that your suspension has to cope with on every journey. This BP-51 kit is for a 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab carrying 300-600 kg of constant additional rear load. It combines a 40 mm lift with springs suited to that weight and adjustable shocks, so you can improve the ride on the road and control how the suspension responds over rough ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 300-600 kg of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront coils and 2 front BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreasable shackles, 2 spring-bush kits and 4 U-bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 300-600 kg; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922472304982,"sku":"XSABP51MFORA8DK","price":3748.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"arb-premium-recovery-kit","title":"ARB Premium Recovery Kit - RK9A","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your recovery gear together and ready when the track gets difficult\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGetting stuck is easier to deal with when the right equipment is already packed. ARB's Premium Recovery Kit brings your strap and winching accessories together in one organised bag, so you can find what you need without searching through the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRRRK9A\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful equipment for more than one recovery method\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 8,000kg snatch strap is for an appropriate kinetic recovery between vehicles using rated recovery points. For winch work, the kit includes a 12,000kg tree-trunk protector, 4,500kg winch-extension strap and 9,000kg snatch block. They serve different purposes: the extension increases the reach of the winch line, while the tree protector provides a suitable wider connection around an appropriate anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied recovery damper and gloves are useful additions for handling recovery equipment. Two galvanised Type S bow shackles provide 4.75t-rated connectors where the recovery arrangement calls for them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEasy to carry and check before a trip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe large Winch Pack bag keeps the components together, with storage designed around recovery equipment. Pack the kit where you can reach it when the vehicle is bogged, rather than underneath the gear you may need to unload first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter a recovery, inspect straps, hardware and the bag before repacking. Clean and dry the equipment as instructed, and replace damaged components rather than relying on a previous successful pull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose by the recovery method, not one headline number\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe individual ratings apply to their respective components. Strap breaking strengths and shackle working-load limits are different measures, and this collection of equipment does not have a single combined recovery rating. Match every component to the vehicle and the recovery method, use rated recovery points and keep people outside the danger area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a smaller set without the winch extension, damper and gloves supplied here, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-essentials-recovery-kit\"\u003eARB Essentials Recovery Kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around the equipment you already carry and the type of recovery you expect to perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRK9A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSnatch strap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000kg rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTree-trunk protector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,000kg rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch-extension strap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500kg rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSnatch block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000kg rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBow shackles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo galvanised Type S; 4.75t working-load limit each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRecovery damper\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRecovery gloves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge Winch Pack recovery bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRatings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComponent-specific; not a combined kit capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Winch Pack bag, 8,000kg snatch strap, 12,000kg tree protector, 4,500kg winch extension, 9,000kg snatch block, recovery damper, gloves and two 4.75t Type S bow shackles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the winch itself included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit supplies recovery and winching accessories. A winch is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference from the Essentials kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Premium kit adds the winch-extension strap, recovery damper and gloves to the equipment described here. See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-essentials-recovery-kit\"\u003eEssentials kit\u003c\/a\u003e for its own full contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I attach a snatch strap to a tow ball?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use properly rated vehicle recovery points and connectors suited to the recovery method. A tow ball is not a snatch-recovery point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I look after the straps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect them after each use, clean and dry them as instructed, and replace damaged straps. Store the kit where the components will not be cut, contaminated or left wet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922552095062,"sku":"XRRRK9A","price":422.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PremiumRecovery5.png?v=1763754263"},{"product_id":"arb-pinnacle-camp-chair","title":"ARB Pinnacle Camping Chair - 10500161","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSit down and enjoy being at camp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce the driving, pitching and unpacking are done, a comfortable chair is one of the best things to have with you. The ARB Pinnacle combines padding throughout with wide armrests, so you can settle in over a meal, a drink or a quiet evening outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCT10500161\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort for more than a quick stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 600D polyester seat has internal padding and contrasting 420D ripstop panels. A sturdy steel frame supports the chair, with a 150kg weight rating and broad armrests that make it more inviting for a longer sit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the small things beside you\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe side panel includes a cup holder and storage pockets, while a rear mesh pocket gives you another place for loose items. It helps keep the things you use most within reach instead of balanced on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFold it away without the struggle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rear quick-release bracket makes folding straightforward. The spacious 600D carry bag has webbing straps and a padded shoulder section to help carry the 8.8kg chair. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-base-camp-chair\"\u003eBase Camp chair\u003c\/a\u003e is a lighter 6.3kg alternative with a different armrest and storage arrangement. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-pinnacle-camp-table\"\u003ePinnacle table\u003c\/a\u003e provides a matching camp-table option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCT10500161\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10500161\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSeat material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D polyester with internal padding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eContrasting panels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420D ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eArmrests\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide cup holder and pockets; rear mesh pocket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFold mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear quick-release bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded bag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D polyester with webbing straps and padded shoulder section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack steel frame with charcoal brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat padded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Pinnacle has padding throughout the seat fabric, with wide armrests for a comfortable place to sit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a carry bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 600D polyester bag has webbing straps and a padded shoulder section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe packed chair weighs 8.8kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Base Camp chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pinnacle has wide armrests and a side panel with a cup holder and pockets. The Base Camp has padded armrests and a swivel cup holder, and weighs 6.3kg rather than 8.8kg.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922614354262,"sku":"XCT10500161","price":105.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Pinnacle2.png?v=1763754853"},{"product_id":"arb-seat-organiser","title":"ARB Seat Organiser - Nine Compartments | 10100400","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep the everyday essentials off the seats and floor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePhones, cables, maps and drinks are easier to find when they have their own place. The ARB Seat Organiser uses the back of a suitable seat for storage, giving you nine compartments without filling the footwell or leaving loose items on the seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCLBARB10100400\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSeparate the small items\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour padded zip pockets, three exterior pockets, a mesh pocket and a lined bottle holder provide different places for your equipment. A tablet strap in the top pocket accepts suitable folding covers through its 25.5cm opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStay tidy without sagging\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rear panel has metal reinforcement to help maintain its shape, and adjustable buckled straps let you secure the organiser on a suitable seat. Fit it without interfering with seat adjustment, belts, airbags or passenger access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake the storage your own\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree Velcro panels accept suitable patches or accessories, with two ARB patches included. Keep heavy or sharp items appropriately contained and check the straps periodically as you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCLBARB10100400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10100400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompartments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eZip pockets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour with padded sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOther storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree exterior pockets, mesh pocket and lined bottle holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTablet strap opening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePatch panels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree Velcro panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded patches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo ARB patches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear reinforcement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable straps with buckles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a bottle holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A lined bottle holder is part of the nine-compartment storage arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit a tablet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe top pocket includes a tablet strap for a suitable folding cover, with a 25.5cm opening. Check the device and cover together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the patches included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo ARB patches are included, with three Velcro panels available for suitable patches and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit any seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable straps suit a range of seat arrangements. It must fit securely without affecting seat movement, restraints, airbags or access.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51941031149910,"sku":"XCLBARB10100400","price":97.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/SeatOrg1.png?v=1763976302"},{"product_id":"arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v","title":"ARB CKMTA12 Brushed Twin On-Board Air Compressor - 12V","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet your tyres ready for the road with air already on board\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly lower tyre pressures off road, a permanently fitted compressor makes the return to road pressure much more convenient. The 12V ARB CKMTA12 gives you the airflow of two brushed motors in a compact unit, ready to use without unpacking a portable compressor at every stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAACCKMTA12\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore air when you need it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe twin-cylinder design delivers 174.4 L\/min at zero back pressure and 131.8 L\/min at 200kPa, with the latter figure showing output against a typical tyre-inflation pressure. That makes it a strong choice for regular tyre inflation or an on-board air system. Actual inflation time depends on tyre size, starting pressure and hose arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA pressure switch controls the supply between 135 and 150psi. The 100% duty-cycle rating applies under room-temperature conditions; ventilation and ambient heat still matter when you choose the mounting position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for regular off-road use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBall-bearing motor construction, hard-anodised cylinder bores and PTFE-impregnated carbon-fibre piston seals reduce friction, while the cooling fan and anodised mounting brackets help remove heat. The fan is brushless and IP55 rated; the two compressor motors are brushed. Thermal protection and an over-pressure safety valve protect the unit during demanding use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAnti-vibration material is integrated into the mount. The two relocatable air filters have washable sintered-bronze cartridges. They give your installer more freedom to draw cleaner, cooler air from an appropriate position and make filter maintenance straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get and what to add\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor comes assembled, with a wiring loom, dash switch, relocatable air filters, mounting fasteners and installation instructions. Choose a suitable mounting location and a 12V supply with the correct circuit protection. The on-board unit weighs 8.8kg and measures 190 x 275 x 102mm (length x width x height).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor tyre inflation, add the appropriate air outlet and hose equipment. An \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB Air Locker manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e provides the regulated connections needed for Air Locker installation; lockers and inflation accessories are separate. Air-tool use needs an appropriately sized reservoir and a tool whose air demand suits the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right power supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the 12V version. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-twin-on-board-air-compressor-24v\"\u003e24V brushed twin compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate product, so match the compressor to your vehicle's electrical system. If you want a more compact 12V unit, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-brushless-single-on-board-air-compressor-12v\"\u003ebrushless single compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is another option; for greater output in the brushless range, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-brushless-compressor-12v\"\u003e12V brushless twin\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompressor type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed on-board; twin brushed motors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFree-air flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e174.4 L\/min at 0kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirflow under load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e131.8 L\/min at 200kPa \/ 29psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCurrent draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.4A at 0kPa; 50.4A at 200kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePressure-switch range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135-150psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDuty cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% under room-temperature conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 x 275 x 102mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCooling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP55 brushless cooling fan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4-inch NPT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembled compressor, wiring loom, dash switch, air filters, mounting fasteners and instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInflation and locker equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHose\/outlet accessories and Air Locker manifold separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum rated current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMotor bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBall-bearing motor construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir filters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo relocatable filters with washable sintered-bronze cartridges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a portable compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the permanently mounted on-board compressor. If you want a 12V unit to carry between vehicles, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-portable-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eportable brushed twin with tank\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it supply ARB Air Lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eAir Locker manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e and install the air lines and solenoids to suit your lockers. The manifold and lockers are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a tyre-inflation hose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe on-board kit supplies the compressor, loom, switch and mounting hardware. Add the appropriate outlet and tyre-inflation hose for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does 100% duty cycle mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is rated for continuous running under room-temperature conditions. Mount it with adequate ventilation and follow the operating instructions; hot conditions can still bring the thermal protection into use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it to a different voltage system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse this version with a 12V DC supply. Choose the correctly rated compressor for your vehicle rather than connecting this unit to a different-voltage system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942667157846,"sku":"XAACCKMTA12","price":450.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Compressor1.png?v=1763987620"},{"product_id":"arb-compressor-manifold-kit","title":"ARB Air Locker Compressor Manifold Kit - 171503","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse your compressor for lockers and tyre inflation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA properly arranged air installation lets one suitable compressor serve different jobs. The ARB 171503 manifold provides the specified connection points for Air Locker solenoids and the matched pump-up arrangement, making those connections easier to organise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAA171503\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConnect the air equipment together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manifold works with the specified high-output compressor application and provides multiple ports for the locker and inflation connections. Its 150psi working-pressure rating describes the manifold limit; the complete system still needs the correct pressure control for the equipment being supplied. Two 1\/8-inch BSPP ports accept up to two Air Locker solenoids. The two 1\/4-inch NPSC ports serve the air inlet and optional pump-up connection; they accept the specified NPT male fittings with sealant or NPSC fittings with their O-ring arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMount it where the connections are practical\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMounting brackets and a PTFE-lined stainless-steel braided hose are included. The hose links the air supply and manifold in the specified arrangement and helps manage the temperature of the supplied air.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the complete compressor installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the CKMTA12\/24 twin compressor application, the manifold is recommended with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003ePump Up Kit\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-brushless-compressor-12v\"\u003etwin brushless compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is another high-output option, but its connections and installation need to follow that model's own instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAA171503\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e171503\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir Locker solenoid and matched inflation connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum working pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150psi \/ 1030kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded hose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePTFE-lined, stainless-steel braided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatched pump-up application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12 \/ CKMTA24 with the appropriate Pump Up Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePressure control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse the specified control arrangement for the connected equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSolenoid ports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo 1\/8-inch BSPP, for up to two Air Locker solenoids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain ports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo 1\/4-inch NPSC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain fitting compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecified NPT male with sealant or NPSC male with O-ring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded connection fittings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo JIC4 to 1\/4-inch NPSC nipples and one JIC4 90-degree elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo M6 bolts and nylon lock nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the manifold regulate the pressure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides the air connections. Use the pressure control or regulator specified for the compressor and connected equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a compressor or Air Locker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt supplies the manifold kit, brackets and braided hose. Choose the compressor, lockers and their operating equipment separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I connect the Pump Up Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manifold provides the matched connection arrangement for the specified pump-up application. Follow the instructions for your compressor model.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942691635542,"sku":"XAA171503","price":78.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Manifold1.png?v=1763987848"},{"product_id":"arb-universal-compressor-mounting-bracket","title":"ARB Universal Compressor Mounting Bracket - Flexible Vehicle Air System Installation","description":"\u003ch2\u003eChoose where to mount your onboard air\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBring your supported ARB compressor and air-system components together with this universal mounting bracket. Its flexible mounting positions help you arrange the equipment around the space available in your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAAX3501010\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supported compressor references are DA4190, DA419024V, DA4958 and DA4985, with provision for air tank DA6836. Optional provisions include Air Locker solenoids, a quick-connect coupling, switch and LINX PRV. The manifold provision is for DA4985 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose a secure mounting position with room for the equipment, air lines and electrical connections. Fit the bracket and components using their matching installation instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAAX3501010\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied item\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal compressor mounting bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible compressor references\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDA4190, DA419024V, DA4958 and DA4985\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir-tank provision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDA6836\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional accessory provisions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir Locker solenoids, quick-connect coupling, switch and LINX PRV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManifold provision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDA4985 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942741246294,"sku":"XAAX3501010","price":117.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Bracket1.png?v=1763988036"},{"product_id":"salt-shift-underbody-washer-blaster-offroad-chassis-cleaning","title":"Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster – Offroad Chassis Cleaning Tool","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSalt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster for Offroad Vehicle Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster is a dedicated chassis cleaning tool engineered for off-road enthusiasts and 4x4 owners. Designed by Salt Shift, this robust solution connects directly to your pressure washer, delivering targeted cleaning power to the most vulnerable areas beneath your vehicle. Whether you regularly tackle muddy trails, sandy beaches, or salted winter roads, this washer blaster is purpose-built to help prevent corrosion and extend the life of your vehicle’s undercarriage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Underbody Washer Blaster Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis tool attaches to your existing pressure washer using included adaptors, allowing you to direct a concentrated jet of water precisely where it’s needed under your vehicle. With a 10-inch (210mm) height extension pipe and multiple extension poles, the blaster reaches deep into hard-to-access areas, ensuring thorough removal of salt, sand, and mud from driveshafts, bash plates, suspension components, and more. Five interchangeable spray nozzles let you control the pressure and spray pattern, adapting the tool for different cleaning tasks and vehicle heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis chassis cleaning tool is particularly effective for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road vehicles and 4x4s exposed to mud, sand, and saltwater environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrucks and utility vehicles with high ground clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners seeking to prevent rust and corrosion after beach driving or winter road use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintaining trailers, boat hulls, and other equipment prone to underbody contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy removing corrosive debris from critical underbody components, the Salt Shift Washer Blaster helps protect your investment and reduce long-term maintenance costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelivers 3x more concentrated cleaning power than standard undercarriage sprayers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeight extension pipe for superior reach under lifted vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFive interchangeable nozzles for adjustable cleaning pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a wide range of pressure washers (adaptors included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEfficiently cleans driveshafts, bash plates, suspension, and undercarriage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports regular maintenance to help prevent costly corrosion damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1x Underbody Blaster Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1x Pipe saddle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1x Height extension pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3x Extension pipes for increased reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5x Interchangeable spray nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5x Pressure washer adaptors (compatible with major brands)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSalt Shift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnderbody Washer Blaster \/ Chassis Cleaning Tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500PSI+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4000PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Extension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170mm \/ 280mm with lift option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNozzle Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 interchangeable spray nozzles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4x4s, trucks, trailers, boat hulls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCleaning Focus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriveshafts, bash plates, suspension, undercarriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster is straightforward:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDetach your pressure washer wand from its handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the appropriate Salt Shift pressure washer adaptor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConnect the extension pipes and height extension as needed for your vehicle’s clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the Underbody Blaster Pro and select your preferred spray nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eActivate your pressure washer and begin cleaning the undercarriage, focusing on areas prone to build-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular use after off-road or beach driving helps maintain your vehicle’s chassis and suspension, reducing the risk of long-term corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Corrosion Protection Matters for Offroad Vehicles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOff-road and 4x4 vehicles are frequently exposed to harsh environments where salt, mud, and sand can accumulate on underbody components. Left untreated, this build-up accelerates rust and corrosion, threatening the integrity of chassis, suspension, and drivetrain parts. The Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster provides an efficient way to remove contaminants, helping you protect your vehicle’s most vulnerable areas and maintain performance in demanding conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster connect to my pressure washer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes multiple pressure washer adaptors compatible with popular brands, allowing for a secure and straightforward connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this washer blaster suitable for all vehicle heights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the included height extension and multiple extension pipes make it ideal for both standard and lifted vehicles, ensuring effective cleaning reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat types of contaminants can it remove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for heavy-duty cleaning, effectively removing thick mud, sand, and salt from underbody components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this tool on trailers and boat hulls?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The washer blaster is suitable for cleaning trailers, boat hulls, and other equipment exposed to corrosive environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should I use the underbody washer blaster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal protection, use the blaster after each off-road, beach, or winter road trip to prevent build-up and corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with my existing pressure washer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is compatible with most major pressure washer brands. Check the included adaptors for your specific model compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Salt Shift","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942742491478,"sku":null,"price":89.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Salt_Shift_Underbody_Blaster_2.webp?v=1763990349"},{"product_id":"arb-brushless-twin-portable-air-compressor-12v","title":"ARB Brushless Twin Portable Air Compressor 12V | CKBLTP12","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet the tyres aired up and carry on with your day\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLower tyre pressures can be useful off road; putting the air back in should be straightforward when you return to the road. ARB's brushless twin portable compressor brings high-flow air, an integrated tank and a 7 m hose together in a carry case. Take it to the vehicle that needs air, connect it correctly and work around the tyres without a permanent under-bonnet installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAACCKBLTP12\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore air for the job in front of you\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe twin brushless motors deliver 260 litres per minute at zero pressure and 176 litres per minute at 29 psi. Those are different test points: free-air output describes unloaded flow, while the 29 psi measurement shows flow against pressure. You have ample air available for tyre inflation, and the pressure-based figure helps you match the compressor to other equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePortable equipment kept together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe case houses the compressor and aluminium air tank, with space for the supplied 7 m hose and accessories. The kit includes a blow gun, high-flow tyre filler with stop valve, Schrader adapter and additional inflation nozzles. That keeps the main air equipment together whether you are using your own vehicle or helping with another one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReady for repeated inflation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor has a 90% duty cycle, equivalent to 54 minutes running in an hour at 22 degrees C and 29 psi. Thermal and electrical protection manage abnormal conditions, while the brushless control can adapt operation to the available supply. Air-tool use still needs to be matched to the tool's pressure and flow demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConnect, ventilate and let it cool\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe blue battery clamps use polarity correction, making the portable connection more convenient. Keep the case open during operation so heat can escape. At 29 psi the specified current draw is 80 A, so a healthy, suitable 12 V supply and good electrical connections matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCooling fans can continue running after the compressor is switched off. Leave the battery connection in place until cooling has finished, following the operating guide. Sealed components do not make an operating compressor suitable for immersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRead the pressure as you inflate\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-digital-tyre-inflator\"\u003eARB digital tyre inflator\u003c\/a\u003e is a relevant separate accessory when you want a pressure reading at the tyre. Choose the connection arrangement to suit the supplied air line. Tyre pressures need to suit the vehicle and the surface you are returning to.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the air system ready to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe washable sintered-bronze intake filters can be cleaned as directed, and the air tank needs its condensate drained. Inspect the hose, fittings and clamps, and keep them clean before storage. The complete kit weighs 13.3 kg, so it is a substantial portable system with its main equipment in one place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKBLTP12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAACCKBLTP12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V DC, brushless twin portable compressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFree-air flow \/ current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 L\/min (9.2 CFM) \/ 30 A at 0 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFlow \/ current at pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e176 L\/min (6.2 CFM) \/ 80 A at 29 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum rated motor current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 A per motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDuty cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90%, or 54 minutes per hour, at 22 degrees C and 29 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePressure-switch range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 psi motor-on \/ 150 psi motor-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eComplete kit weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCase dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e478 L x 355 W x 186 H mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated aluminium tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFilters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 washable sintered-bronze intake filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermal, voltage and overload control; active cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery-clamp harness; high-flow tyre filler with stop valve; blow gun; Schrader adapter; inflation nozzles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperating arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCase open and ventilated; allow cooling fans to finish before disconnecting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs 9.2 CFM the flow at tyre pressure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e9.2 CFM is the zero-pressure measurement. At 29 psi, flow is 6.2 CFM, or 176 litres per minute. These two figures describe different test conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the duty cycle 100%?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe duty cycle is 90%, or 54 minutes in an hour at 22 degrees C and 29 psi. Follow the operating and cooling guidance for the conditions in which you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the hose included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit supplies a 7 m hose, the battery connection and inflation accessories, all kept with the portable case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the case stay closed while it runs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep it open and ventilated during operation. Leave the battery connection in place until the cooling fans have finished after switching off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it operate Air Lockers straight out of the case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn Air Locker installation needs its own suitable regulated air supply, plumbing and controls. This portable inflation package does not provide a complete plug-in locker installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I run an air tool from it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a tool whose air-flow and pressure demand suit the compressor. A high free-air number alone does not establish that it can continuously supply every air tool.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942767821142,"sku":"XAACCKBLTP12","price":1121.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BrushlessBox1.png?v=1763988162"},{"product_id":"arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit","title":"ARB Compressor Pump Up Kit - 171302V2","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReach the tyres easily when it is time to air back up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChanging tyre pressures is more convenient with a hose that reaches around the vehicle and a chuck that stays on the valve. The ARB Pump Up Kit supplies the hose and fittings for the compatible compressor installation, ready for tyres and suitable inflatables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAAX171302V2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA hose made for compressor use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-temperature hose is 23ft long, around 7m, and rated to 150psi. Its internal structure helps resist kinking, while the quick-connect coupling has a dust cap to protect it between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAttach the chuck and get on with inflation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe quick-connect tyre chuck uses a release handle for straightforward attachment and removal. Additional fittings allow you to inflate suitable air mattresses, toys and other inflatables. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-digital-tyre-inflator\"\u003eARB Digital Tyre Inflator\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate option when you want pressure measurement at the inflation control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUse the correct compressor connection\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA T-piece adaptor is included for the CKMA12\/24 single compressor application. The matched \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003emanifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended with CKMTA12\/24 twin compressors. Other compressor models need their own specified connection arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAAX171302V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e171302V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHose length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23ft, approximately 7m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHose pressure rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHose design\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-temperature, kink-resistant internal structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompressor coupling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick connect with dust cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTyre chuck\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-connect, release-handle design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdditional fittings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable inflatables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded adaptor application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMA12 \/ CKMA24 single compressors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCKMTA12 \/ CKMTA24 connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching manifold recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit include a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt supplies the hose and inflation fittings for the compatible compressor installation. Choose the compressor separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a pressure gauge in this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied tyre chuck is the inflation connection. Choose a separate compatible gauge or inflator when you want pressure measurement at the tyre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with an ARB twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the CKMTA12\/24 twin application, use the specified connection arrangement, including the recommended matching manifold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I inflate a mattress with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional fittings are for suitable inflatables. Follow the inflatable pressure requirements; a high-pressure compressor needs careful control for low-pressure items.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942791283030,"sku":"XAAX171302V2","price":96.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PumpUpKit2.png?v=1763988418"},{"product_id":"arb-bushranger-x-jack-inflatable-exhaust-vehicle-jack","title":"Bushranger X-Jack Inflatable Vehicle Jack - RJX01","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA useful way to lift when the ground is too soft for a small jack base\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSand, mud and snow can make a conventional jack difficult to position. The Bushranger X-Jack uses a broad inflatable body to spread its contact with the ground, giving you another lifting option when your vehicle is stuck in soft terrain. It packs flat into its carry bag when the recovery is over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRRJX01\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose how you inflate it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two-way inflation system lets you use a suitable exhaust outlet or a portable compressor through the supplied adapter. Compressor inflation gives you control over how much air you add and is useful where the exhaust shape does not make a suitable seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe jack has a 2,000kg lifting capacity. Keep the load at the lifting point within that capacity. Position it as instructed and protect it from sharp, hot or moving parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReinforced where it matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe triple-layer top incorporates a hard core between reinforced PVC layers, giving extra protection where the jack meets the vehicle. The high-temperature hose is rated up to 140°C. Its inflatable construction also means the jack can collapse flat, making it easier to stow alongside your recovery equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the X-Jack, protective mats, gloves and carry bag, with the compressor adapter for the alternative inflation method.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUse it as part of a safe recovery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose a suitable lifting point and control vehicle movement before inflating. Follow the instructions throughout the lift, and never work underneath a vehicle supported only by an inflatable jack. Use suitable vehicle stands when work requires support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the jack clean after use, inspect its body, hose and connections, and dry it before storage. It complements your other recovery equipment rather than replacing rated recovery points, straps or a winch where those are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBushranger 4x4 Gear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRJX01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflatable vehicle-recovery jack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLift capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInflation methods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable exhaust outlet or portable compressor via adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced PVC with triple-layer hard-core top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHose temperature rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 140°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCollapses flat into carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Jack, protective mats, gloves, carry bag and compressor adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use a compressor instead of the exhaust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The two-way system includes a compressor adapter. It is particularly useful when your exhaust outlet cannot make a suitable seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the 2,000kg rating the maximum vehicle weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the jack's lifting capacity at the lifting point. The load being lifted must stay within that capacity, and the vehicle must be positioned and secured as instructed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I work underneath the vehicle once it is lifted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNever rely on the X-Jack alone for work underneath a vehicle. Use suitable stands and follow the lifting and support instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it pack down for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The inflatable body collapses flat and goes into the supplied carry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I look after it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemove dirt, let the jack dry and inspect the body, hose and seals after use. Protect it from sharp surfaces and store it where the PVC will not be damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942809043286,"sku":"XRRJX01","price":442.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Jack1.png?v=1763988537"},{"product_id":"arb-smartbar-stealthbar-ford-ranger-mk8-wildtrak-2023-onwards-6-sensor-varient","title":"ARB StealthBar | Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak 6-Sensor | XVBSA292BL291FORA8","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect your Wildtrak without losing the look you chose.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe StealthBar follows the Ranger's front-end contours, giving you a complete bumper replacement with a lower-profile appearance than a traditional raised bull bar. Its UV-stabilised polymer body resists rust and uses flexibility to absorb impact. This version is for the 2023+ Mk8 Wildtrak Double Cab with six front sensors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XVBSA292BL291FORA8\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a polymer bar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolymer brings corrosion resistance and flexibility to a part that lives at the front of the truck. It can deform under impact and recover its shape in some strikes, rather than behaving like a rigid steel bar. That is useful protection for touring and working use, without treating every scrape as damaged paint exposing metal underneath. No bar can prevent damage in every collision.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA considered fit around your Wildtrak\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bumper-replacement design follows the original lines and wraps around the front corners. It is engineered for the vehicle's airbag system, with mounting provisions for driving lights and compatibility with the relevant ARB under-vehicle protection and recovery-point products. Those accessories are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRequired parts for the installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow for the \u003cstrong\u003eXVBSA290CRK camera and radar housing\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eXVBX3500630 flip-up number-plate kit\u003c\/strong\u003e alongside the bar. They are listed as required accessories for this application, rather than included in the bar price. Correct sensor positioning and the vehicle's calibration requirements form part of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the model and sensor arrangement\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis SKU is for the Wildtrak Double Cab with six sensors, not a universal Mk8 Ranger bar. Other trims or sensor arrangements require their own application check. Professional installation is recommended so the bumper, protection accessories and original equipment work together as intended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB SmartBar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXVBSA292BL291FORA8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStealthBar complete bumper replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak Double Cab, 2023+, 6 sensors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-stabilised polymer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirbag compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered for the stated vehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXVBSA290CRK camera\/radar housing; XVBX3500630 number-plate kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccessory provisions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriving-light mounts; compatible ARB protection and recovery products\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every 2023+ Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This version is specifically for the Mk8 Wildtrak Double Cab with six front sensors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose it over a traditional steel bar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe low-profile shape follows the Ranger's styling, while the polymer body is corrosion resistant and flexible. Those are the main reasons to choose this construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the camera housing and number-plate kit included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are separate required accessories: XVBSA290CRK and XVBX3500630.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it prevent all front-end damage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It adds front protection, but the outcome of an impact still depends on its force, direction and what is struck. The polymer's ability to recover shape is not a guarantee after every collision.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942871957846,"sku":"XVBSA292BL291FORA8","price":3381.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Smart1.png?v=1763988995"},{"product_id":"arb-bushranger-bushranger-covert-12-000lb-synthetic-winch-mkii","title":"Bushranger Covert MkII 12,000 lb Synthetic Winch - RWG120S","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive yourself more options when you get stuck\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen your tyres can't get you out, a winch gives you another way to move your vehicle. The Bushranger Covert MkII RWG120S combines synthetic rope, wired or wireless control and an integrated design that keeps the front installation tidy. It is a practical addition for trips where you want self-recovery equipment ready to use, with capacity and mounting chosen for your loaded vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRERWG120S\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the front installation tidy\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Covert's electrical control components are built into the winch assembly, so there is no separate control box sitting on top of the bar. You get a compact installation with fewer separate items to position. The vehicle's bar or cradle, fairlead opening and clearances still need to suit the exact winch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWired or wireless control\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied remote works wirelessly or through its wired connection. The MkII remote provides a 5 m wired lead and a 40 m wireless range. The gearbox-mounted brake holds the load, while the Covert design allows no-load powered rope payout. Plan the recovery from a safe position and follow the operating instructions throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHandling the synthetic rope\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSynthetic rope is easier to handle and contributes less weight than the equivalent wire-rope version. Keep it clean, inspect it for abrasion and protect it from sharp edges during recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe winch is supplied with 24 m of 11 mm synthetic rope, an aluminium hawse fairlead, a dual-connection remote, isolation switch, hook, pull tag and mounting hardware. The vehicle-specific winch bar or cradle, installation and other recovery equipment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUnderstanding the pulling capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 12,000 lb rating is first-layer line pull. Available pull reduces as more rope layers build up on the drum, and a bogged or inclined vehicle can demand far more force than its rolling weight suggests. Match the winch, mount and recovery equipment to the loaded vehicle and intended use. This is a vehicle recovery winch, not a lifting hoist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your winch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a suitable winch-rated mount and have the electrical supply and isolation installed correctly. Inspect the rope, hook, fairlead and mount before use, clean them after muddy trips and follow the manual for duty cycle and cooling pauses. Recovery training is worthwhile before you need the winch on a difficult day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep your recovery equipment together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-premium-recovery-kit\"\u003eARB Premium Recovery Kit\u003c\/a\u003e keeps supporting equipment together in a carry bag, including gloves, straps, a tree protector, shackles, a snatch block and a recovery damper. It is available separately. Match the accessories to the load and recovery method you are using.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBushranger Covert MkII RWG120S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRated line pull\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,000 lb on the first drum layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRope\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 m x 11 mm synthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFairlead\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium hawse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWired and wireless remote\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFitted weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 207 x 202 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 kW \/ 5.7 hp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eControl-unit arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated into the winch assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrake location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGearbox-mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRope, fairlead, wired\/wireless remote, isolation switch, hook, pull tag and mounting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRemote wired lead\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRemote wireless range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRERWG120S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the 12,000 lb figure the weight of vehicle it can recover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the first-layer pulling rating. Slope, ground resistance, rope layers and the recovery arrangement affect the force required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a remote?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Wired and wireless operation are provided by the supplied dual-connection remote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit any winch bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The cradle, mounting pattern, overall clearance and fairlead arrangement must suit the winch. A compatible vehicle-specific installation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it supplied as a complete vehicle installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The winch and listed equipment are supplied; the vehicle-specific bar or cradle and fitting are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942940803414,"sku":"XRERWG120S","price":1687.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/covertwinch12000mk2.webp?v=1784802102"},{"product_id":"front-bumper-winch-mount-plate-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Truckman Winch Mount Plate - Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+ - 29WFBPAFORA8","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd recovery capability and keep your Ranger's factory look\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you want a recovery winch without changing to a full replacement front bar, this Truckman mounting plate gives your Ranger Mk8 a purpose-built mounting position behind the original front bumper. It is designed for Ranger Mk8 Double Cab models from 2023 onwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e 29WFBPAFORA8\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA discreet place for a recovery winch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mount sits behind the factory bumper, keeping the familiar appearance while providing a structural mounting position for a compatible low-line winch. That is useful when you want winch capability but prefer the original front-end styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSteel construction for a properly supported installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heavy-duty steel plate has a black powder-coated finish. It is intended for most compatible low-line winches up to 12,000 lb, with exact winch dimensions, bolt pattern and clearances checked against the fitting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the winch as part of the complete installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mounting plate is one part of the recovery system. Choose the winch, suitable fairlead, electrical supply and rated recovery equipment separately, and account for their weight on the front axle and suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHave the completed installation checked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle-specific fitting instructions and a competent installer to check the bumper, mounting points, winch access and surrounding components. Any required trimming or changes need to follow those instructions for your exact Ranger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29WFBPAFORA8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTruckman\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29WFBPAFORA8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8, 2023 onwards, Double Cab installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront-bumper winch mounting plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBehind factory front bumper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch suitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost compatible low-line winches up to 12,000 lb; check dimensions and mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch and fairlead\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChosen separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-specific fitting and clearance checks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the winch included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing supplies the mounting plate. Choose the compatible winch, fairlead, electrical connection and recovery equipment separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it retain the original bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed to place the winch behind the factory front bumper on Ranger Mk8 Double Cab models from 2023 onwards. Follow the exact fitting instructions for bumper work and clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill any 12,000 lb winch fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the low-line winch body dimensions, mounting pattern, control-box position and fairlead arrangement. The load rating alone does not establish a physical fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat else should I plan for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInclude the winch electrical supply, safe isolation, fairlead access and rated recovery equipment. Account for the added front-end weight when checking suspension and axle loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho should fit it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA competent installer should follow the exact vehicle instructions and check the completed bumper and winch arrangement. That helps make sure mounting points and clearances are correct.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942974882134,"sku":"29WFBPAFORA8","price":523.37,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/WinchPlate.png?v=1763989675"},{"product_id":"arb-tred-pro-recovery-boards","title":"TRED Pro Recovery Boards - Pair, Four Colour Options","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your tyres something to grip when the ground lets you down\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen your tyres are spinning into sand, mud or snow, a traction board can be a useful first recovery option. TRED Pro gives the tyre a shaped surface to climb onto, with grip underneath to help keep the board working against the ground. This listing supplies a pair, with four colour choices to suit your vehicle or make them easier to spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYour options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"product-options\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eARB TRED Pro Military Green Recovery Boards\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRWBTREDPROMG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eARB TRED Pro Grey \u0026amp; Orange Recovery Boards\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRWBTREDPROMGO\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eARB TRED Pro Black \u0026amp; Orange Recovery Boards\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRWBTREDPROBOB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eARB TRED Pro Black Recovery Boards\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRWBTREDPROBB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe shape and material both do a job\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePatented EXOTRED dual-composite construction combines the board body with glass-filled nylon resin grip teeth for wear resistance. The Sipe-Lock grip profile is designed around tyre tread features, while the curved ramp and board shape help the tyre engage as the vehicle starts to move.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe board ends can help clear loose material from around a tyre before positioning the tracks. Ergonomic handles make them easier to carry and place, and mounting points allow a suitable transport arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the colour, keep the same recovery-board format\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour options are Military Green, Grey \u0026amp; Orange, Black \u0026amp; Orange and Black. Each option is the TRED Pro pair, with its own SKU shown above. Choose a bright contrasting combination if you want easier visibility in the terrain, or a darker colour for a more discreet vehicle setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe boards are 1160 x 330 x 65mm each and stack to an 85mm paired height. The pair weighs 8.2kg. Two retrieval leashes are included to help you find and recover the boards after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarry and use them properly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum rating is 2,250kg per axle, or a vehicle up to 4,500kg within the axle limit. Place the boards as instructed, clear material where needed and apply gentle throttle to help the tyres climb onto them. Avoid excessive wheelspin, which creates heat and can damage recovery boards. They are traction aids, not bridging or loading ramps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor transport, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-tred-pro-carry-bag\"\u003eTRED Pro carry bag\u003c\/a\u003e is a matching accessory. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/tred-board-pro-quick-release-mounting-kit\"\u003equick-release mounting kit\u003c\/a\u003e is another option with a suitable rack or support; confirm its mounting arrangement suits the vehicle. Both are separate from the board pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTRED Outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTRED Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSale unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair of boards with two retrieval leashes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour choices\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilitary Green; Grey \u0026amp; Orange; Black \u0026amp; Orange; Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatented EXOTRED dual-composite construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGrip profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSipe-Lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGrip teeth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass-filled nylon resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBoard dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1160 x 330 x 65mm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStacked pair height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePair weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum vehicle rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500kg; maximum 2,250kg per axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-15°C to 70°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustralia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraction recovery in sand, mud and snow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarry bag\/mounting kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime manufacturer warranty, subject to TRED terms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the price for one board or a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA pair is supplied, with two retrieval leashes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the colours change the board specification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe four listed options are TRED Pro pairs. Choose the colour you prefer; the model and board format are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use them in snow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. TRED Pro is designed for sand, mud and snow. Follow the operating instructions and use controlled throttle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan they bridge a gap or load a vehicle onto a trailer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are traction boards, not bridging or loading ramps. Use equipment designed for those jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the bag and mounting kit included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-tred-pro-carry-bag\"\u003ecarry bag\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/tred-board-pro-quick-release-mounting-kit\"\u003equick-release mounting kit\u003c\/a\u003e are separate matching accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"ARB TRED Pro Military Green Recovery Boards","offer_id":51943100842326,"sku":"XRWBTREDPROMG","price":285.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"ARB TRED Pro Grey \u0026 Orange Recovery Boards","offer_id":51943100875094,"sku":"XRWBTREDPROMGO","price":285.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"ARB TRED Pro Black \u0026 Orange Recovery Boards","offer_id":51943100907862,"sku":"XRWBTREDPROBOB","price":285.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"ARB TRED Pro Black Recovery Boards","offer_id":51943100940630,"sku":"XRWBTREDPROBB","price":285.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Pro1.png?v=1763990128"}],"url":"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/all-products.oembed?page=252","provider":"Hoonies Adrenaline","version":"1.0","type":"link"}